Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(denoting quality)

  • 1 quality

    1. noun
    1) Qualität, die

    of good/poor etc. quality — von guter/schlechter usw. Qualität

    of the best quality — bester Qualität

    2) (characteristic) Eigenschaft, die

    possess the qualities of a ruler/leader — eine Führernatur sein

    3) (of sound, voice) Klang, der
    2. adjective
    1) (excellent) Qualitäts-
    2) (maintaining quality) Qualitäts[prüfung, -kontrolle]; (denoting quality) Güte[grad, -klasse, -zeichen]
    * * *
    ['kwoləti]
    plural - qualities; noun
    1) (the extent to which something has features which are good or bad etc, especially features which are good: We produce several different qualities of paper; In this firm, we look for quality rather than quantity; ( also adjective) quality goods.) die Qualität,Qualitäts-...
    2) (some (usually good) feature which makes a person or thing special or noticeable: Kindness is a human quality which everyone admires.) die Eigenschaft
    * * *
    qual·ity
    [ˈkwɒləti, AM ˈkwɑ:lət̬i]
    I. n
    1. (standard) Qualität f, Güte f, Wert m; MECH, TECH Gütegrad m fachspr
    \quality of life Lebensqualität f
    of high/low \quality von hoher/minderer Qualität, hochwertig/minderwertig
    first/second \quality erste/zweite Qualität [o Wahl] [o Klasse]
    to vary in \quality sich akk qualitätsmäßig unterscheiden
    2. (character) Art f, Beschaffenheit f, Natur f
    the unique \quality of their relationship die Einzigartigkeit ihrer Beziehung
    3. (feature) Eigenschaft f, Merkmal nt
    artistic \quality künstlerisches Merkmal
    managerial qualities Führungsqualitäten pl, Führungseigenschaften pl
    the school has many excellent qualities die Schule hat viele Vorzüge
    this cheese has a rather rubbery \quality to it dieser Käse hat etwas ziemlich Gummiartiges an sich
    4. ( dated or hum: high rank) Rang m, hohes Ansehen
    to be a person of \quality jd von Rang [und Namen] sein
    II. n modifier [qualitativ] hochwertig, Qualitäts-
    \quality assessment Qualitätsprüfung f
    \quality control COMPUT Qualitätskontrolle f
    \quality goods/products Qualitätswaren pl/Qualitätserzeugnisse pl; ( fam)
    that's a real \quality job you've done there das hast du wirklich toll gemacht fam
    * * *
    ['kwɒlItɪ]
    1. n
    1) (= degree of goodness) Qualität f; (COMM, categorized) Güteklasse f, Qualität f; (of justice, education etc) (hoher) Stand

    of good/poor quality — von guter/schlechter Qualität, qualitativ gut/schlecht

    2) (= characteristics of person, thing) Eigenschaft f

    he has the quality of great patience — er hat viel or große Geduld, er ist sehr geduldig

    3) (= nature) Art f

    because of the unique quality of the relationship — da es eine einzigartige Beziehung war

    4) (of voice, sound) Klangfarbe f; (LING) Qualität f; (of colour) Farbqualität f
    5) (old, hum: high rank) vornehmer Stand

    the quality — die Oberschicht, die vornehme Welt

    people of quality — Leute pl von Rang und Namen

    2. attr
    2) (inf: good) erstklassig (inf); newspaper angesehen, seriös
    * * *
    quality [ˈkwɒlətı; US ˈkwɑ-] s
    1. Eigenschaft f:
    (good) quality gute Eigenschaft;
    in the quality of (in der Eigenschaft) als
    2. Beschaffenheit f, (Eigen)Art f, Natur f
    3. besonders WIRTSCH
    a) Qualität f:
    in quality qualitativ;
    of low ( oder poor) quality minderer Qualität;
    quality of life SOZIOL Lebensqualität;
    quality of sound TV etc Tonqualität;
    quality time ausschließlich der Familie gewidmete Zeit
    b) (gute) Qualität, Güte f:
    quality control Qualitätskontrolle f;
    quality factor Gütefaktor m; (Radiologie) Bewertungs-, Qualitätsfaktor m;
    quality goods Qualitätswaren;
    quality management Qualitätsmanagement n;
    quality (news)paper seriöse Zeitung
    c) Güte(sorte) f, Klasse f
    4. Erstklassigkeit f, Klasse f
    5. Talent n, Fähigkeit f:
    qualities of leadership Führungsqualitäten
    6. obs Vornehmheit f, vornehmer Stand:
    person of quality Standesperson f;
    the people pl of quality die vornehme Welt
    7. LING, MUS Klangfarbe f
    8. PHIL Qualität f
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Qualität, die

    of good/poor etc. quality — von guter/schlechter usw. Qualität

    2) (characteristic) Eigenschaft, die

    possess the qualities of a ruler/leader — eine Führernatur sein

    3) (of sound, voice) Klang, der
    2. adjective
    1) (excellent) Qualitäts-
    2) (maintaining quality) Qualitäts[prüfung, -kontrolle]; (denoting quality) Güte[grad, -klasse, -zeichen]
    * * *
    n.
    Beschaffenheit f.
    Eigenschaft f.
    Güte -n f.
    Qualität -en f.

    English-german dictionary > quality

  • 2 sum

    1.
    sum, fui, esse (2d pers. es, but usu. es in Plaut and Ter; old forms, indic. pres. esum for sum, acc. to Varr. L. L. 9, § 100 Mull.: essis for es, Att. ap. Non. 200, 30, or Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.: simus for sumus, used by Augustus, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87; fut. escit for erit, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25:

    esit, XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. nec, p. 162 Mull.: escunt for erunt,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60, 3, 3, 9; Lucr. 1, 619; perf. fuvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 168:

    FVVEIT, C. I. L. 1, 1051: fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 23; id. Mil. 3, 1, 159:

    fuerim,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 54:

    fuerit,

    id. As. 4, 1, 37; subj. pres. siem, sies, siet, etc., very freq., esp. in Plaut.; e. g. siem, Am. prol. 57; Ter. And. 3, 4, 7:

    sies,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    siet,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 58; Ter. And. 1, 4, 7; Lucr. 3, 101:

    sient,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54; Ter. And. 2, 3, 16; cf. Cic. Or. 47, 157; also,

    fuam, fuas, etc., regarded by G. Curtius, de Aorist. Lat. Rel. in Studien zur Gr. u. Lat. Gram. 1, 431 sqq., as an aorist: fuam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 48; id. Mil. 2, 6, 112: fuas, Liv. Andron. ap. Non 111, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 71; 2, 3, 83; id. Pers. 1, 1, 52; id. Trin. 2, 1, 32: fuat, Pac. ap. Non. 111, 8; Carm. ap. Liv. 25, 12; Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 2; id. Aul. 2, 2, 56; id. Capt. 2, 2, 10 et saep.; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 639; Verg. A. 10, 108:

    fuant,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 110; id. Ep. 5, 1, 13; id. Ps. 4, 3, 12: fuvisset, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4; part. pres. ens, used by Caesar, acc. to Prisc. p. 1140 P.; and by Sergius Flavius, acc. to Quint. 8, 3, 33; fut. inf. fore for futurum esse, very freq., and so always with partt.; cf. Madv. Gram. § 108; whence, subj. imperf. forem fores, etc., for essem; esp. in conditional sentences and in the histt., but very rare in Cic.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 597 sqq.), v. n. [root es; Sanscr. as-mi, and the Greek es-mi, whence eimi; perf. fui; root in Sanscr. bhu, to become; bhavas, condition; Gr. phuô, to beget; cf.: fetus, futuo, etc.], to be, as a verb substantive or a copula.
    I.
    As a verb substantive, to be.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Asserting existence, to be, exist, live:

    definitionum duo sunt genera prima: unum earum rerum quae sunt: alterum earum quae intelleguntur. Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangive possunt, ut fundum, aedes, parietem, cetera. Non esse rursus ea dico, quae tangi demonstrarive non possunt, cerni tamen animo atque intellegi possunt, ut si usucapionem, si tutelam, etc.... definias,

    Cic. Top. 5, 26 sq.:

    si abest, nullus est,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 16:

    nunc illut est, quom me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    ita paene nulla sibi fuit Phronesium ( = paene mortuus est),

    id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    omne quod eloquimur sic, ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:

    non statim, quod esse manifestum est, etiam quid sit apparet,

    Quint. 3, 6, 81: est locus, Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.):

    flumen est Arar, quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 12:

    homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt, qui futuri sunt!

    Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:

    si quos inter societas aut est aut fuit aut futura est,

    id. Lael. 22, 83:

    nec enim, dum ero, angar ulla re, cum omni vacem culpa: et, si non ero, sensu omnino carebo,

    id. Fam. 6, 3, 4:

    si modo futuri sumus, erit mihi res opportuna,

    id. Att. 11, 4, 1:

    si quando erit civitas, erit profecto nobis locus: sin autem non erit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 6:

    nolite arbitrari, me cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    si erit ulla res publica... sin autem nulla erit,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    sive erimus seu nos fata fuisse volunt,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32: per quinquennia decem fuimus, Prud. Cath. praef. 2.—
    2.
    Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place:

    illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    neque enim est periculum, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 23, 37:

    amabo, quid tibi est?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 24:

    quid se futurum esset,

    Liv. 33, 27. —
    3.
    Of location, to be present, to be at a place.
    (α).
    With adv., or other expressions of place:

    cum non liceret quemquam Romae esse, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 41, § 100:

    cum Athenis decem ipsos dies fuissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 8, 3; id. de Or. 2, 7, 27:

    cum Africanus constituisset in hortis esse,

    id. Rep. 1, 9, 14:

    cum essemus in castris,

    id. ib. 1, 15:

    nonne mavis sine periculo tuae domi esse quam cum periculo alienae?

    id. Fam. 4, 7, 4:

    vos istic commodissime sperem esse,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2: te hic tutissime puto fore, Pompon. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 11, A.—
    (β).
    Of passages in a book or writing, with in and abl., to be, stand, be written, etc.:

    deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    quid enim in illis (litteris) fuit praeter querelam temporum,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of personal relations, with ad or apud and acc., or cum and abl. of person:

    cum esset (Sulpicius Gallus) casu apud M. Marcellum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21:

    eram cum Stoico Diodoto: qui cum habitavisset apud me mecumque vixisset, etc.,

    id. Brut. 90, 309:

    erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum et pauci, quibuscum essem aeque libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1:

    qui me admodum diligunt multumque mecum sunt,

    id. ib. 4, 13, 6; cf. with simul:

    Smyrnae cum simul essemus complures dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13.—Hence, esp.: esse cum aliquo (aliqua), to be with, i. e. live with, associate with, as husband or wife:

    cujus soror est cum P. Quintio,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77:

    ea nocte mecum illa hospitis jussu fuit,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 101; Ov. A. A. 3, 664:

    cum hac (meretrice) si qui adulescens forte fuerit,

    Cic. Cael. 20, 49; Ov. Am. 2, 8, 27: tum ad me fuerunt, qui, etc., Varr. ap. Non. 133, 28:

    Curio fuit ad me sane diu,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 8:

    cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 1; cf.:

    esse sub uno tecto atque ad eosdem Penates,

    Liv. 28, 18.—
    4.
    Of relations analogous to place, of dress, condition, position, office, etc., to be, live, be found, etc., with in and abl.:

    cum est in sagis civitas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 32:

    in laxa toga,

    Tib. 2, 3, 78: sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictus;

    Sive erit in Cois, Coa decere puta,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297: hominem non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed in suis nummis multis esse et semper fuisse, Cic. Verr [p. 1798] 2, 4, 6, §

    11: in servitute,

    id. Clu. 7, 21:

    in illa opinione populari,

    id. ib. 51, 142:

    in magno nomine et gloria,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 31:

    in spe,

    id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:

    in tanta moestitia,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:

    in odio,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    in probris, in laudibus,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 61:

    in officio,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 49:

    in injustitia,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 42:

    in vitio,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 62; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19:

    ne in mora quom opus sit, sies,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    ne in mora illi sis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 9:

    hic in noxia'st,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 36:

    quae (civitas) una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    in ingenti periculo,

    Liv. 5, 47:

    in pace,

    id. 31, 29.—So with abl. without in, when qualified by an adj.:

    (statua) est et fuit tota Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 87:

    si quis asperitate ea est et inmanitate naturae,

    id. Lael. 23, 87:

    ne quo periculo proprio existimares esse,

    id. Fam. 4, 15, 2 (B. and K. ex conj.:

    in periculo): ego sum spe bona,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    res nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine,

    id. ib. 16, 15, 1; esp. in phrase periculo alicujus esse, to be at the risk of any one:

    rem illam suo periculo esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 6:

    ut quae in naves inposuissent, ab hostium tempestatisque vi publico periculo essent,

    Liv. 23, 49, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    dare nummos meo periculo,

    Dig. 46, 1, 24:

    communi periculo,

    ib. 13, 6, 21, § 1 (cf. II. B. 1. b. infra).—
    5.
    To depend upon, rest with, with in and abl.:

    res erat non in opinione dubia,

    Cic. Dom. 5, 11:

    sed totum est in eo, si, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 5:

    omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum,

    Liv. 10, 14, 12:

    quoniam totum in eo sit, ne contrectentur pocula,

    Col. 12, 4, 3. —
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Esse (est, sunt, etc.) often stands without a subject expressed, or with an indef. subj., as antecedent of a rel.-clause, whose verb may be in the indic. or subj.; the former only when the subject is conceived as particular or limited, and actually existing; the latter always when it is conceived as indefinite; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 562 sq.; Roby, Gram. § 1686 sq.; Madv. Gram. § 365; but the distinctions usually drawn by grammarians are not always observed by the best writers; and the subjunctive is always admissible, being the prevailing construction after sunt qui in class. prose, and nearly universal in postAug. writers: sunt, qui (quae), there are those ( people or things) who ( that), or simply some.
    a.
    With indic.
    (α).
    Without subject expressed:

    mulier mane: sunt Qui volunt te conventam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 37:

    sunt hic quos credo inter se dicere,

    id. Cas. prol. 67:

    sunt quae te volumus percontari,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 47:

    quid est, quod tu gestas tabellas?

    id. ib. 1, 1, 10:

    quid est, quod tu me nunc optuere?

    id. Most. 1, 1, 69; cf.:

    quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit?

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    tun' is es, Qui in me aerumnam obsevisti?

    id. Ep. 4, 1, 34:

    quid est, quod tuo animo aegre est?

    id. Cas. 2, 2, 9; id. Cist. 4, 1, 3:

    at ego est quod volo loqui,

    id. As. 1, 3, 79:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 30:

    sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 54:

    ita subitum'st, quod eum conventum volo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 51:

    sunt quae ego ex te scitari volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 13:

    sed est quod suscenset tibi,

    Ter. And. 2, 6, 17:

    est quod me transire oportet,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 31:

    quid sit quapropter te jussi, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 7:

    sunt item quae appellantur alces,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 27 init.:

    (nationes) ex quibus sunt qui ovis vivere existimantur,

    id. ib. 4, 10 fin.:

    sunt qui putant posse te non decedere,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 25:

    sunt autem, qui putant non numquam complexione oportere supersederi,

    id. Inv. 1, 40, 72:

    quamquam sunt, qui propter utilitatem modo petendas putant amicitias,

    id. ib. 2, 55, 167:

    sunt autem quae praeterii,

    id. Att. 10, 4, 11:

    sunt, qui abducunt a malis ad bona, ut Epicurus. Sunt, qui satis putant ostendere, nihil inopinati accidisse... Sunt etiam qui haec omnia genera consolandi colligunt,

    id. Tusc. 3, 31, 76 Kuhn. N. cr.:

    sunt, qui, quod sentiunt, non audent dicere,

    id. Off. 1, 24, 84:

    Argiletum sunt qui scripserunt ab Argola, etc.,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 157 Mull.:

    sunt qui ita dicunt,

    Sall. C. 19, 4:

    sunt qui spiritum non recipiunt sed resorbent,

    Quint. 11, 3, 55:

    sunt, quos curriculo pulverem Olympicum Collegisse juvat,

    Hor. C. 1, 1, 3; cf. id. S. 1, 4, 24: sunt quibus unum opus est, etc., id. C. 1, 7, 5:

    sunt quibus in satira videor nimis acer,

    id. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt quorum ingenium nova tantum crustula promit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 47.—
    (β).
    With a subject expressed by an indefinite word or clause:

    sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    est genus hominum qui se primos omnium esse volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    multae sunt causae, quam ob rem cupio abducere,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 65 Fleck. (Ussing, cupiam):

    erat quidam eunuchus, quem mercatus fuerat,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 21:

    multaeque res sunt in quibus de suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 57:

    sunt ejus aliquot orationes, ex quibus lenitas ejus perspici potest,

    id. Brut. 48, 177:

    fuerunt alia genera philosophorum, qui se omnes Socraticos esse dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62:

    nonnulli sunt, qui aluerunt, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 12, 301:

    sunt quidam, qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se contemni putant,

    id. Lael. 20, 72:

    sunt vestrum, judices, aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognoverunt,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56:

    multae et pecudes et stirpes sunt, quae sine procuratione hominum salvae esse non possunt,

    id. N. D. 2, 52, 130:

    sunt bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    permulta sunt, quae dici possunt, quare intellegatur, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33, 94; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 7, 22; id. Off. 1, 14, 43; 1, 20, 69; id. Div. 1, 54, 123:

    fuere complures, qui ad Catilinam initio profecti sunt,

    Sall. C. 39, 5: haec sunt, quae clamores et admirationes in bonis oratoribus efficiunt. Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 152:

    alia fuere, quae illos magnos fecere,

    Sall. C. 52, 21.—
    b.
    With. subj.: sunt, qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem;

    sunt qui nullum censeant fieri discessum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    sunt qui in rebus contrariis parum sibi constent,

    id. Off. 1, 21, 71:

    de impudentia singulari sunt qui mirentur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6:

    est eisdem de rebus quod dici potest subtilius,

    id. Tusc. 3, 15, 32:

    praesto est qui neget rem ullam percipi esse sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 101:

    quicquid est quod deceat, id, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 27, 94:

    sunt qui nolint tetigisse nisi illas, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 28:

    sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 78:

    vestes Gaetulo murice tinctas Sunt qui non habeant, est qui non curet habere,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 182 et saep.—
    (β).
    With a more or less indefinite expression of the subject:

    sunt quidam e nostris, qui haec subtilius velint tradere et negent satis esse, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 31:

    rarum est quoddam genus eorum, qui se a corpore avocent,

    id. Div. 1, 49, 111:

    quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat?

    id. ib. 2, 60, 125; id. de Or. 2, 50, 196:

    solus est hic, qui numquam rationes ad aerarium referat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 98:

    quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, permulti sunt, qui pro nihilo putent,

    id. Lael. 23, 86:

    erat nemo in quem ea suspicio conveniret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65, cf.:

    quis enim miles fuit, qui Brundisii illam non viderit? quis, qui nescierit, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 25, 61:

    sit aliquis, qui nihil mali habeat,

    id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae, quae officium omne pervertant,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5:

    est quaedam animi sanitas quae in insipientem quoque cadat,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:

    Syracusis lex est de religione, quae jubeat,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 126:

    unus est qui curet constantia magis quam consilio,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 7:

    si est una ex omnibus quae sese moveat,

    id. Rep. 6, 26, 28:

    multi sunt, qui non acerbum judicent vivere, sed supervacuum,

    Sen. Ep. 24, 26:

    erant sententiae quae castra Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    fuere cives qui seque remque publicam obstinatis animis perditum irent,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    sunt verba et voces, quibus hunc lenire dolorem Possis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 34:

    sunt delicta tamen, quibus ignovisse velimus,

    id. A. P. 347.—
    * c.
    Poet.: est, quibus (acc. to the Gr. estin hois):

    est quibus Eleae concurrit palma quadrigae: est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes,

    Prop. 3, 9 (4, 8), 17.—
    2.
    With dat., to belong or pertain to; or, rendering the dative as the subject of the verb, to have ( possess, = the Fr. etre a used of property, and of permanent conditions or characteristics, not of temporary states, feelings, etc.; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 417 sq.): aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti, amicae quod daret, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 23:

    nomen Mercurio'st mihi, Plaut Am. prol. 19: nisi jam tum esset honos elo quentiae,

    Cic. Brut. 10, 40:

    est igitur homini cum deo similitudo,

    id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    familiaritas, quae mihi cum eo est,

    id. Att. 8. 3, 2:

    privatus illis census erat brevis,

    Hor. C. 2, 15, 13; cf.:

    Trojae et huic loco nomen est,

    Liv. 1, 1, 5:

    Hecyra est huic nomen fabulae,

    Ter. Hec. prol. 1:

    cui saltationi Titius nomen esset,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    cui (fonti) nomen Arethusa est,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 118:

    Scipio, cui post Africano fuit cognomen,

    Liv. 25, 2, 6.—With ellips. of dat. ( poet.):

    nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei),

    nor is she ashamed, Ov. A. A. 3, 167:

    neque testimonii dictio est (sc. servo),

    has no right to be a witness, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 63.—
    b.
    Esse alicui cum aliquo, to have to do with, to be connected with a person:

    tecum nihil rei nobis, Demipho, est,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 74:

    sibi cum illa mima posthac nihil futurum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    jussit bona proscribi ejus, quicum familiaritas fuerat, societas erat,

    id. Quint. 6, 25:

    si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus,

    id. Fam. 15, 10, 2.—
    3.
    Esse with certain prepp. and their cases (cf. also I. A. 2. 3. 4. supra).
    (α).
    Esse ab aliquo, to be of a person, to be the servant, disciple, adherent, partisan, etc., of:

    es ne tu an non es ab illo milite e Macedonia?

    do you belong to? Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 21:

    ab Andria est ancilla haec,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 3; 4, 4, 17:

    erat enim ab isto Aristotele,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 160:

    sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me,

    makes for me, id. de Or 1, 13, 55 (cf. ab, I. B. 3., II. B. 2. o.). —
    (β).
    Esse pro aliquo, to be in favor of, make for:

    (judicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,

    Cic. Clu. 32, 88.—
    (γ).
    Esse ex aliqua re, to consist of, be made up of:

    (creticus) qui est ex longa et brevi et longa,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; cf.:

    duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus,

    id. Or. 63, 212:

    etsi temeritas ex tribus brevibus et longa est,

    id. ib. 63, 214; 64, 215 (v. also 6. infra). —
    4.
    Euphem., in perf. tempp., of one who has died or a thing that has perished, to be no more, to be gone, departed, dead ( poet.):

    horresco misera, mentio quoties fit partionis: Ita paene tibi fuit Phronesium,

    i. e. had almost died, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 92:

    nunc illud est, cum me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    sive erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens Gloria Teucrorum,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    certus in hospitibus non est amor: errat ut ipsi, Cumque nihil speres firmius esse, fuit,

    Ov. H. 16, (17), 192.—
    5.
    Pregn., to be real or a fact, to be the case; so esp.: est, esto, it is even so, be it so, such is or let such be the case, granted, well, etc.:

    quid tibi vis dicam, nisi quod est?

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 17:

    sunt ista, Laeli,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 6:

    ista esse credere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: est vero, inquit, Africane, id. Fragm. ap. Lact. 1, 18:

    est ut dicis, inquam,

    id. Fin. 3, 5, 19:

    sit quidem ut sex milia seminum intereant,

    Col. 3, 3, 13:

    esto: ipse nihil est, nihil potest,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 15, 47; cf.:

    verum esto,

    id. Fin. 2, 23, 75:

    esto,

    Verg. A. 7, 313; 10, 67; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 81; 1, 17, 37 al.—Hence,
    b.
    The connections est ut, ubi, cum, quod, or with a subject-clause, it happens or chances that, it is the case that, there is cause or reason why, there is a time when, it is allowed or permissible that, one may, etc.
    (α).
    Est ut, it is the case or fact, that, etc.:

    sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, dos hic maneat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 7 (8), 32:

    si est, ut dicat velle se, Redde,

    id. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    si est, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 40:

    est, ut id maxime deceat,

    Cic. Or. 59, 199:

    quando fuit, ut, quod licet, non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48:

    non est igitur, ut mirandum sit, ea praesentiri, etc.,

    id. Div 1, 56, 128:

    non erat, ut fieri posset, mirarier umquam,

    Lucr. 5, 979:

    futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    non est, ut copia major Ab Jove donari possit tibi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 2:

    est ut viro vir latius ordinet Arbusta sulcis,

    id. C. 3, 1, 9; Dig. 38, 7, 2.—Cf. esse after a neg., with quin:

    numquam est enim, quin aliquid memoriae tradere velimus,

    Auct. Her. 3, 24, 40.—Also, est ut, there is reason, that, etc.:

    magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14 fin.: ille erat ut odisset primum defensorem salutis meae, he had good reason for hating [p. 1799] id. Mil. 13, 35; cf.:

    quid erat cur Milo optaret,

    id. ib. 13, 34:

    neque est ut putemus ignorari ea ab animalibus,

    Plin. 18, 1, 1, § 3. —
    (β).
    Est ubi, sometime or another, sometimes:

    erit, ubi te ulciscar, si vivo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 26:

    est, ubi id isto modo valeat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 8, 23.—
    (γ).
    Est cum, sometimes:

    est cum non est satius, si, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 26, 36.—
    (δ).
    Est quod, there is reason to, I have occasion:

    est quod visam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 26:

    etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi quam quod te rogem,

    I have more reason to, Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 31, 9:

    quod timeas non est,

    Ov. H. 19, 159:

    nil est illic quod moremur diutius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 6:

    non est quod multa loquamur,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 30.—Cf. with cur:

    non est cur eorum spes infragatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6:

    nihil est cur,

    id. Fam. 6, 20, 1.—
    (ε).
    Est, sit, etc., with infin. in Gr. constr., it is possible, is allowed, permitted, one may, etc. (mostly poet. and post-class.):

    est quadam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 32:

    Cato, R. R. prooem. § 1: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:

    nec non et Tityon terrae omniparentis alumnum Cernere erat,

    Verg. A. 6, 596; 8, 676; Sil. 2, 413:

    neque est te fallere quicquam,

    Verg. G. 4, 447:

    unde Plus haurire est,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 79:

    est Gaudia prodentem vultum celare,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 103:

    quod versu dicere non est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 87:

    quod tangere non est,

    Ov. M. 3, 478:

    quae verbo objecta, verbo negare sit,

    Liv. 42, 41, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut conjectare erat intentione vultus,

    Tac. A. 16, 34:

    est videre argentea vasa,

    id. G. 5; Val. Max. 2, 6, 8; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 227.— With dat.:

    ne tibi sit frigida saxa adire,

    Prop. 1, 20, 13; Tib. 1, 6, 24 (32):

    tu procul a patria (nec sit mihi credere tantum!) Alpinas nives Me sine vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46:

    fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando amicitiae tuae,

    Sall. J. 110, 3; Dig. 46, 3, 72, § 4.—
    (ζ).
    In eo ease ut, etc., to be in a condition to reach the point that, to be possible, etc., to be about to, on the point of, etc. ( impers. or with res, etc., as subj.):

    cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,

    Liv. 2, 17, 5:

    si viderent in eo jam esse ut urbs caperetur,

    id. 28, 22, 8:

    jamque in eo rem fore, ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    id. 8, 27, 3:

    cum res non in eo essent ut, etc.,

    id. 33, 41, 9:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut, etc.,

    id. 30, 19, 3; 34, 41. —With person. subj. (late Lat.):

    cum ab Ulixe adducta Iphigenia in eo esset, ut immolaretur,

    Hyg. Fab. 261. —
    6.
    Like the Engl. to be, for to come, fall, reach, to have arrived, etc. (hence also with in and acc.):

    ecquid in mentem est tibi, Patrem tibi esse?

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 54:

    nam numero mi in mentem fuit,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,

    Cic. Quint. 5, 22:

    portus in praedonum fuisse potestatem sciatis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    ut certior fieret, quo die in Tusculanum essem futurus,

    id. Att. 15, 4, 2:

    qui neque in provinciam cum imperio fuerunt,

    id. Fam. 8, 8, 8:

    quae ne in potestatem quidem populi Romani esset,

    Liv. 2, 14, 4:

    nec prius militibus in conspectum fuisse,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    esse in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 20, 66; cf.:

    in eorum potestatem portum futurum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 98; v. Gell. 1, 7, 16 sq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 316.—
    7.
    Of time, to pass, elapse (rare but class.):

    diem scito nullum esse, quo, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1.
    II.
    As a copula, to be any thing or in any manner.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    With an adj., subst., or pron.:

    et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod in homine multo est evidentius,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    sperare videor Scipionis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore,

    id. ib. 4, 15:

    non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:

    cum, ignorante rege, uter esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, Orestes autem ita ut erat, Orestem se esse perseveraret,

    id. Lael. 7, 24:

    consul autem esse qui potui? etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:

    nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere nati,

    are a mere number, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 27:

    pars non minima triumphi est victimae praecedentes,

    Liv. 45, 49:

    nobile erit Romae pascua vestra forum,

    Prop. 4 (5), 9, 20:

    sanguis erant lacrimae,

    Luc. 9, 811:

    ego tu sum, tu es ego: unanimi sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 49:

    tuos sum,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 60: domus non ea est, quam parietes nostri cingunt, Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 19:

    is enim fueram, cui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 7.—
    2.
    Less freq. with adv. (esp. in colloq. language): Am. Satin' tu sanus es? Sos. Sic sum ut vides, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    sic, inquit, est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    est, inquit, ut dicis,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63:

    quod ita cum sit,

    id. ib. 1, 45, 69:

    quia sunt haud procul ab hujus aetatis memoria,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1 B. and K.:

    nec vero habere virtutem satis est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 2: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit. Liv. 2, 25:

    dato qui bene sit: ego, ubi bene sit, tibi locum lepidum dabo,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:

    apud matrem recte est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    cum in convivio comiter et jucunde fuisses,

    id. Deiot. 7, 19:

    omnes hanc quaestionem haud remissius sperant futuram,

    id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:

    dicta impune erant,

    Tac. A. 1, 72.—Esp.: facile alicubi (in aliqua re) esse, with pleasure, glad to be:

    quod in maritimis facillime sum,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 2:

    locum habeo nullum ubi facilius esse possum,

    id. Att. 13, 26, 2 (on esse with an adverb, v. Haase ap. Reisig, Vorles. p. 394; cf. also bene under bonus fin.).—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    With gen. part., to be of, belong to a class, party, etc.:

    in republica ita est versatus, ut semper optimarum partium et esset et existimaretur,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1:

    qui ejusdem civitatis fuit,

    id. Them. 9, 1:

    qui Romanae partis erant, urbe excesserunt,

    Liv. 35, 51, 7: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus;

    si defenditis, vestri, si deseritis, Samnitium erimus,

    id. 7, 30, 9 sq. —
    2.
    With gen. or abl. denoting quality.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    nimium me timidum, nullius animi, nullius consilii fuisse confiteor,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36:

    disputatio non mediocris contentionis est,

    id. de Or. 1, 60, 257:

    magni judicii, summae etiam facultatis esse debebit,

    id. Or. 21, 70:

    (virtus) nec tantarum virium est, ut se ipsa tueatur,

    id. Tusc. 5, 1, 2; id. Fin. 5, 12, 36:

    Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit,

    Sall. J. 95, 3:

    summi ut sint laboris,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 2:

    civitas magnae auctoritatis,

    id. ib. 5, 54:

    refer, Cujus fortunae (sit),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54:

    se nullius momenti apud exercitum futurum,

    Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:

    qui ejusdem aetatis fuit,

    id. ib. 11, 1:

    invicti ad laborem corporis erat,

    Liv. 9, 16:

    nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit,

    id. 21, 60:

    somni brevissimi erat,

    Suet. Claud. 33.—So of extent, number, etc.:

    classis centum navium,

    Nep. Them. 2, 2; 2, 5:

    annus trecentarum sexaginta quinque dierum,

    Suet. Caes. 40.—
    (β).
    With abl.:

    bono animo es,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4:

    jam aetate ea sum, ut, etc.,

    id. Hec. 5, 1, 11:

    bellum varia victoria fuit,

    Sall. J. 5, 1:

    L. Catilina nobili genere natus fuit magna vi et animi et corporis, set ingenio malo,

    id. C. 5, 1:

    Sulla animo ingenti,

    id. J. 95, 3:

    esse magna gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    tenuissima valetudine esse,

    id. ib. 5, 40:

    si fuerit is injustus, timidus, hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    mira sum alacritate ad litigandum,

    id. Att. 2, 7, 2:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    ut bono essent animo,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 29:

    ut uxores eodem jure sint quo viri,

    id. ib. 1, 43, 67:

    qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis,

    id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:

    abi, quaere, unde domo quis, Cujus fortunae, quo sit patre quove patrono,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54 (cf. I. A. 4. supra). —
    3.
    With gen. or abl. of price or value.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    videtur esse quantivis pretii,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15:

    a me argentum, quanti (servus) est, sumito,

    id. Ad. 5, 9, 20:

    si ullo in loco frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 12, 33:

    ut quisque, quod plurimi sit, possideat, ita, etc.,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    magni erunt mihi tuae litterae,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 4:

    parvi sunt foris arma, nisi, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    an emat denario quod sit mille denarium,

    id. ib. 3, 23, 92:

    parvi pretii est quod nihili est,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est quam omnium sermo,

    is worth more to me, weighs more with me, id. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    neque pluris pretii cocum quam vilicum habeo,

    Sall. J. 85, 39:

    erat (agellus) centum milium nummum,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 3, 1. —
    (β).
    With abl.: sextante sal et Romae et per totam I i aliam erat, was worth, stood at, Liv. 29, 37.—
    4.
    With gen. of possession, etc., it belongs, pertains to; or it is the part, property, nature, mark, sign, custom, or duty of, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc.,

    who possess, Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent,

    Liv. 37, 55, 5:

    teneamus eum cursum, qui semper fuit optimi cujusque,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:

    quamobrem neque sapientis esse accipere habenas,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9; id. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 81, 333:

    temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    est adulescentis majores natu vereri,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 122:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant,

    Liv. 8, 12, 13:

    tota tribuniciae potestatis erat,

    id. 3, 48:

    alterius morientis prope totus exercitus fuit,

    id. 22, 50:

    jam me Pompeii totum esse scis,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 13, 2:

    hominum, non causarum, toti erant,

    Liv. 3, 36:

    plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse,

    were devoted to, favored, id. 23, 14:

    Dolopes numquam Aetolorum fuerant: Philippi erant,

    id. 38, 3:

    Ptolemaeus propter aetatem alieni arbitrii erat,

    id. 42, 29:

    est miserorum ut malevolentes sint,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 51:

    quod alterum divinitatis mihi cujusdam videtur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:

    non est gravitatis ac sapientiae tuae, ferre immoderatius casum incommodorum tuorum,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 5:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Rarely with pronom. posses.:

    est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur,

    Cic. Mur. 38, 83:

    fuit meum quidem jam pridem rem publicam lugere,

    id. Att. 12, 28, 2.—
    (β).
    Esp., with gerundive, to denote tendency, effect, etc.:

    quae res evertendae rei publicae solerent esse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 132:

    regium inperium, quod initio conservandae libertatis fuerat,

    Sall. C. 6, 7:

    qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent,

    Liv. 3, 31, 7:

    ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae Hannibali victoriae esse,

    id. 27, 9, 12:

    nihil tam aequandae libertatis esse quam potentissimum quemque posse dicere causam,

    id. 38, 51, 8:

    frustrationem eam legis tollendae esse,

    id. 3, 24, 1 Weissenb. ad loc.; 3, 39, 8; 5, 3, 5; 40, 29, 11.—
    5.
    With dat. of the end, object, purpose, etc.:

    vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 17, 48:

    etiam quae esui potuique non sunt, contineri legato,

    Dig. 33, 9, 3; Gell. 4, 1, 20:

    ut divites conferrent, qui essent oneri ferendo,

    Liv. 2, 9:

    magis vis morbi curae esset, maxime quod, etc.,

    id. 4, 21, 5:

    cum solvendo aere (i. e. aeri) alieno res publica non esset,

    id. 31, 13:

    iniciuntur ea, quae umori extrahendo sunt,

    Cels. 4, 10 fin. — Esp. in phrase solvendo esse, to be solvent, able to pay:

    tu nec solvendo eras,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2 (v. solvo).—
    6.
    With predicative dat. sing., denoting that which the subject is, becomes, appears to be, etc.
    (α).
    Without second dat. of pers.:

    auxilio is fuit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 94:

    magis curae'st,

    id. Bacch. 4, 10, 3; id. Curc. 4, 2, 15; id. As. 1, 3, 23; id. Capt. 5, 2, 13 sq.:

    cui bono fuerit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    eo natus sum ut Jugurthae scelerum ostentui essem,

    Sall. J. 24, 10: cupis me esse nequam;

    tamen ero frugi bonae,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51:

    magnoque esse argumento, homines scire pleraque antequam nati sint, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 21, 78:

    multi Indicioque sui facti persaepe fuere, Lucr 4, 1019: ejus rei ipsa verba formulae testimonio sunt,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 4, 11:

    haec res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit,

    Liv. 4, 13:

    cujus rei Demosthenes atque Aeschines possunt esse documento,

    Quint. 7, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    With second dat. of pers.:

    obsecro vos ego mi auxilio sitis,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 9, 5; id. Ep. 5, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 2, 68:

    ne quid Captioni mihi sit,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 19:

    mihi cordi est,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    ubi eris damno molestiae et dedecori saepe fueris,

    id. As. 3, 2, 25:

    metuo illaec mihi res ne malo magno fuat,

    id. Mil. 2, 6, 12:

    nec Salus nobis saluti jam esse potest,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 4:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    id. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    quae sint nobis morbo mortique,

    Lucr. 6, 1095:

    quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 46:

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: ut mihi magnae curae tuam vitam ac dignitatem esse scires, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A fin.:

    accusant ei, quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13: haec tam parva [p. 1800] civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit, id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    ea dictitare, quae detrimento, maculae, invidiae, infamiae nobis omnibus esse possint,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §

    144: minus ea bella curae patribus erant, quam, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 23, 1:

    sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc.,

    id. 4, 7, 6:

    si hoc perinde curae est tibi quam illud mihi,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 8, 9:

    quantaeque curae tibi fuit, ne quis, etc.,

    id. Pan. 25, 3:

    quantae sit mihi curae,

    id. Ep. 6, 8, 2:

    si judicibus ipsis aut gloriae damnatio rei aut deformitati futura absolutio,

    Quint. 6, 1, 12.—Rarely with dat. gerund:

    nec tamen impedimento id rebus gerundis fuit,

    Liv. 26, 24 (for a full account of this dative, v. Roby, Gram. 2, praef. pp. xxv.-lvi., and § 1158 sq.).—
    7.
    Esse ad aliquid, to be of use for, to serve for:

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato, R. R. 125:

    completae naves taeda et pice reliquisque rebus quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 124.—
    8.
    Id est or hoc est, with predic.-clause by way of explanatory addition, that is, that is to say; sometimes also with a climax in the sense, which is as much as to say, or which is the same thing:

    sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur,

    Cic. Brut. 46, 172:

    quodsi in scena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    id. Lael. 26, 97:

    meos amicos, in quibus est studium, in Graeciam mitto, id est ad Graecos ire jubeo,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:

    si Epicurum, id est si Democritum probarem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 6:

    ut (sapiens) aegritudine opprimatur, id est miseria,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 27: a parte negotiali, hoc est pragmatikêi, Quint. 3, 7, 1:

    cum in bona tua invasero, hoc est, cum te docuero,

    id. 8, 3, 89.—
    9.
    Poet., with Greek inf. pleonastically:

    esse dederat monumentum,

    Verg. A. 5, 572 (cf.: dôke xeinêion einai, Hom. Il. 10, 269).
    2.
    sum = eum, Enn. ap. Fest., v. is.
    3.
    sum- in composition, for sub before m; v. sub fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sum

  • 3 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 4 MEÐ

    prep. with dat. and acc.
    I. with dat.
    1) with, along with, together with (Unnr dóttir hans fór með honum; hón hafði á skipi m. sér sex tigi karla);
    2) denoting help, assistance; leggja til m. e-m, to help one by word or deed; to give one advice; fá menn m. sér, to get followers;
    3) by means of, with (verja sik með sverðum, skjöldum);
    4) by, through, with, using (með harðfengi ok kappi); m. hlaupi, by running; m. einum bug, with one mind; m. sama hætti, in the same way;
    5) including, inclusive of (hundrað manna m. nábúum); ok þat m., at, and besides (therewith) that; þann dag ok nóttina m., and the night too;
    6) among, between (var fact um m. þeim brœðrum); þreyta e-t m. sér, to fight it out among themselves; koma m. e-m, to come among (maðr, er m. mörgum kemr);
    7) denoting inward quality, in (hann hafði alla þá hluti m. sér, er konung prýða);
    8) along (landit er viðast bygt með sjónum); esp. of direction, with an adv. denoting the direction (upp með, ofan með, fram með, inn með, út með, etc.); m. stöfnum, from stem to stern, all along the ship; biðja matar með bœjum, from house to house;
    9) adverbial usages; m. öllu, altogether, quite; m. öllu skjótt, all of a sudden; m. því at, in case that (m. því at ek falla); as, because (m. því at menn vóru hraustir, þá komast þeir yfir ána);
    10) with verbs; ganga m. barni, to go with child, mæla m., to recommend;
    II. with acc.
    1) with, with the notion of bearing, bringing, carrying (hann fór til Íslands m. konu sína ok börn); fara m. vápn, to carry a weapon; fig., fara með sök, mál, to conduct, manage a case; m. engi lögskil, in no lawful manner;
    2) with, among; úsnotr m., es m. aldir kemr, a fool when he comes among men;
    3) with an ordinal number; m. tólfta mann, with twelve men, including himself; with eleven others.
    * * *
    prep., also meðr, a form common in Stj. and in legendary writers, but not in the classical writers or in mod. speech or writing; [Ulf. meþ = σύν and μετά; A. S. and Chaucer, mid; it remains in Engl. only in ‘mid-wife,’ qs. ‘with-wife,’ cp. Icel. náveru-kona, nær-kona, yfirsetu-kona; Germ. mit; Dan. med; Gr. μετά]:—with, along with, a prep. with dat. and acc.; with dat. it has the notion of coming or going in company, with acc. of bringing or fetching; thus, hann kom með honum, he came along with, in company with him; but hann kom með hann, he brought him wilh him.
    WITH DAT.
    With, along with, together with; Þórólfr var með konungi, Eg. 29; hann var þar með Otkatli, Nj. 73; hann kvaddi hann til ferðar með sér, id.; hann stóð upp ok Kolskeggr með honum, 58; með honum var sá maðr Íslenzkr er …, 157; hann fór útan með honum, Eg. 196: Unnr dóttir hans fór með honum, Ld. 4; fara á fjall með húskörlum, Korm. 10; vera með goða, i. e. to be in his jurisdiction, Grág. i. 108; hón hafði á skipi með sér sextigi karla, i. e. with her, under her command, Landn. 109; brott með sér, Nj. 114, and in endless instances.
    II. denoting assistance, help, with; til umráða með sér, Grág. i. 5; leggja til með e-m, to help one by word or deed, Nj. 7: to give one advice, Fms. xi. 81; sjá á með e-m, to look after, help, Nj. 113; vita e-t með e-m, to be privy to, an accomplice in a thing, 136; bætti hann þat með mér, he mended it for me, Fms. vii. 158; fá menn með sér, i. e. to get followers, opp. to mót, Nj. 180.
    III. denoting instrumentality, by, with; með öxi, Fms. vi. 6; verja sik með sverðum, með skjöldum, Nj. 272; með atgeirinum, 120; skip skarat með skjöldum, Ld. 78; falda sér með motri, 202, and passim; or ellipt., the prep. being understood, an instrumental dative, höggva sverði, leggja spjóti, taka höndum, stíga fótum, and in endless similar instances.
    IV. by, through, partly denoting means, partly accompaniment, by, through, with, using; með harðfengi ok kappi, Nj. 98; með mikilli snild, með fögrum orðum, Ld. 84; með hans ráði, 58; með ráði konungs, Eg. 35; með lögum, með úlögum, Nj. 106, 234; með ráni, by violence, 5; með vegsemd, blíðu, Fms. x. 235; með íllyrðum, Nj. 128; með vitsmunum mínum, 262; með hlaupi, by running, Eg. 12; með ( through) atgöngu Gunnlaugs, Ísl. ii. 210; með váttum, Nj. 101; með einum hug, with one mind, Edda 37; með gráti, Fms. x. 261; með gleði, 220; með reiði. Nj. 108: með hættu, Ld. 46; með sannyndum. forsooth, truly, Ó. H. 175; með sönnu, forsooth, Fms. vii. 158, Ld. 76; með sama hætti, in the same way, Nj. 272; með þessum hætti, Fms. x. 220; með nokkuru móti, Ld. 164: also freq. ellipt., mæla fögrum orðum, þegja þunnu hljóði, Hm., passim.
    V. including, inclusively; hundrað manna með nábúum Njáls, Nj. 208; ok eru þá tólf menn, ór fjórðungi hverjum með þeim, including themselves, Grág. i. 72: sjau vetr ok tuttugu með þeim enum fyrsta, including the first, Fms. x. 410; fimmtán menn með þeim fimm, er …, Nj. 266; þar var vinátta mikil með frændsemi, friendship as well as kin, Ísl. ii. 209; nótt með degi, both night and day, N. G. L. i, passim:—ok þat með ( therewith), at …, Nj. 5; þá, veit ek mesta orrostu-menn, ok þat með, at þeir hafa vápn svá góð, at …, 44; þann dag, ok nóttina með, and the night too, Barl. 207; sagði hann þetta meðr, he said this too, added this, Stj. 130.
    VI. with, among, between, amidst; með þeim bræðrum, Fms. vii. 240; samðisk með þeim feðgum, Ísl. ii. 210; dró seint saman með þeim, Fb. ii. 259; þar varð íllla með þeim, Nj. 39; var fátt um með þeim bræðrum nokkura hríð, 2; þar skilr með þeim, there they parted, Grett. 75 new Ed.; þat var siðr með kaupmönnum, Eg. 265; með mönnum, among men, Ls. 46; eigi er þó kosta-munr með ykkr Njáli, Nj. 52; með þeim Ingjaldi, Ld. 44; skipta, deila með e-m, to share among, Eg. 311; deila víg með verum, Ls. 22, Hbl. 25; þeir skiptu ríki með sér, Fms. i. 108; þreyta e-t með sér, to fight it out among themselves, Nj. 31; ef engi væri túlkr með kaupmönnum, Ld. 76; var deila mikil með sonum hans, Eg. 367; var með þeim en kærsta vinátta, 2:—fara ( to travel) með úkunnum þjóðum, Edda 21; sízt ek með fólkum fór, Gm. 48; koma með e-m, to come among, Vþm. 30, 39; er með horskum kemr, Hm. 19, 63; maðr er með mörgum kemr, 62; er með snotrum sitr, 5, 23; þótt hann með grömum glami, 30.
    VII. denoting inward quality, with, in; svá hefir hann nátturu mikla með sér, Nj. 44; öllum sem lifs-andi er meðr, Stj.; flesta hluti hefir hann þá með sér, er prýða máttu góðan höfðingja, Fms. x. 535; hann hafði alla þá, hluti með sér er konung prýðir, xi. 217; svá er mál með vexti, so shapen, Lv. 43; limaðr vel með höadum ok fótum, Ld. 20.
    2. skip með gyltum höfðum, Fms. x. 2; dreginn á leo með gulli, Ld. 78; hross með söðlum, a horse with the saddle on, Nj. 253; skip með reiða, Eg. 35; klæði með mörgum litum, 517; með sínum lit hverr, Fas. i. 316; vera úti með sólsetrum, i. e. to be out (of a shepherd) with sunset, Lv. 43.
    VIII. along, following, of direction, with an adverb, denoting the direction; upp með, ofan með, fram með, norðr með, út með, inn með; ofan með á, Lv. 43; upp með ánni, Nj. 253; upp með Rangá, 74; suðr með landi, Fms. i. 38, ii. 3: með endilöngu landi, ix. 33; hann gengr með reykinum, Nj. 58; með sjónum, Bs. ii. 5; með hafinu, along the sea, on the horizon, Fms. xi. 136; áin var leyst með löndum, Boll. 358; með eggju, Hkv. Hjörv. 9.
    2. með stöfnum, from stem to stern, all along the ship, Bs. i. 16 (see kveyfa); var þá hroðit með stöfnum skipit, Grett. 81; með endum, from one end to another, Fagrsk. (in a verse): fara með húsum, to go from house to house, begging, Grág. i. 192; biðja matar með bæjum, Fas. ii. 271.
    IX. adverbial usages; með öllu, altogether, quite, Ld. 4; með öllu skjótt, all of a sudden, Fms. x. 136; með því at, in case that, Ld. 44; með því at ek falla, in case I fall, Fms. vii. 274; en með því at yðr líki þetta, x. 261: as, because, in consequence of, en með því at menn vóru hraustir, þá komask þeir yfir ána, Ld. 46, passim: hér-með, herewith, farther; þar-með, therewith, id., Skíða R. 11.
    X. with verbs; ganga með barni, to go with child; ganga með e-u, to confess; taka með, to accept; mæla með, to speak for, recommend; fara með, to treat, go with; gefa með, to give a fee of alimentation; leggjask með, to lie with; eiga barn með konu, to have a child in wedlock, and so on; see the verbs.
    WITH ACC.
    With, with the notion of bearing, bringing, carrying, treating, conducting; fara með vápn, to fare, go, carrying a weapon, Fms. vii. 240; hann fór suðr aptr með miklar vingjafir, id.; þeir fóru aptr með skip þat, er, Eg. 29; með lið sitt, 11; kom með horn fullt, 213; gékk at borðinu með handlaugar, Nj. 52; ganga út með dómendr sína, Grág. i. 37; fara brott með föt sín, 300; með þessa menn, Fas. i. 333; þeir hljópu á brott með konur þeirra, lausafé ok bátinn, Landn. 35; hann fór til Íslands með konu sína ok börn, 205; ef hann leitaði vestan um haf með her sinn, Fms. i. 26; fara með her á hendr e-m, 120; mjöðdrekku er hann fór með, Eg. 240; at þeir skyldu fara með sveit sína, 74; skip þat er hann fór með, id.; ef ek mætta með þik komask, Sturl. ii. 108; farina með erfðina, Nj. 7.
    2. metaph., fara með sök, mál, etc., to conduct, manage a case, Nj. 86; fara af hljóði með þessa ráða-görð, 103; þeir fóru með þann hug, to carry that mind, intention, 99; með vátta, with witnesses; með eið, on oath, Grág. i. 20, 243 (but með váttum, Nj. 101): með hver skil, by what way of proceeding, id.: með engi lögskil, in no lawful manner, 296; þat varð með atburð, by accident, Fms. ii. 172: in regard to, ú-afskiptinn með mála-ferli, Lv. 73, (rare.)
    II. with, among; kom með fróð regin, Vþm. 26; ú-snotr maðr er með aldir kömr, Hm. 21; sízt Hákon fór með heiðin goð, went among, took up his abode amongst the heathen gods, Hkm. 26.
    III. with an ordinal number; með tólfta mann, with twelve men, including oneself, Eg. 180; með tíunda mann, Ld. 140; með fimmta mann, Ísl. ii. 266.
    IV. with verbs; tala með e-n, to speak with, Stj. 151, (Dan. tale med en); göra með e-n, to do, 143; lifa meðr brauð, to live on bread, 146; fæðask meðr mold, to live on earth, 37; eiga með e-t, to possess.
    V. denoting materials, of; altaris-klæði með pell, Vm. 153; Máríu-skript með tönn, 22; kross með silfr, D. N.; kaðall görr með hár, kirkja með stein, of stone, id.; pílárr meðr kopar, Stj. 101.
    2. til alls hagleiks með málm, Fms. xi. 427; hón samdi sik með örvar ok boga, Fas. i. 531; þeir grófu hana með fagran flúr, Skíða R. 200.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MEÐ

  • 5 UM

    of
    * * *
    older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.
    I. with acc.
    1) around (slá hring um e-n);
    2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;
    3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;
    4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;
    5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;
    6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;
    7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);
    8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;
    9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);
    10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;
    11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);
    12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);
    13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;
    14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;
    15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;
    16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;
    II. with dat.
    1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;
    2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.
    * * *
    umb, of, prep. (sounded umm); umb is used in the oldest vellums (the Eluc., Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and then in later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from being a transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, tr umbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse of A. D. 1184); for of see ‘of’ at p. 462, col. 2: [A. S. ymbe; Germ. um; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]
    WITH ACC.
    A. Around; silki-hlað um höfuð, Ld. 188; um höfuð henni, 36; hafa um sik belti, Nj. 91, 184; um herðar sér, Ld. 56; leggja linda umb kistu, leggja lindann umb enn vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337; gyrða um sik, Sks.; beta strengi um ásenda … festa endana um steina, Nj. 115; vefjask um fótinn, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herðarnar, Eg. 580; göra garð of engi, Grág. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjóta um hann skjaldborg, Nj. 274; slá hring um e-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara í hring um skipit, Ld. 56; taka um hönd e-m, Ó. H. 176; þar var poki um útan, Ld. 188; honum vefsk tunga um höfuð, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um tönn (see tönn) … strjúka dúki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 114 (in a verse); sjó, er fellr um heim allan, Róm. 193: Aðils jarl féll ok mart manna um hann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sín, Fms. xi. 63; hafa um sik ( about oneself) fjölmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gört um einn ás, Ld. 280.
    II. about, all over, denoting the surface; manna-ferð um héraðit, Ld. 257; fylgja þeim um einn skóg, Karl. 348; hann hafði goðorð suðr um Nesin, Ísl. ii. 207; herja um Skotland, Írland, Fms. i. 23; næfrum var þakt um ræfrit, Eg. 90; dæma för úmögum um þat þing, Grág. i. 127; flýja hingað ok þangat um eyjarnar, Fms. vii. 43; um allar sveitir, all over the country, Boll. 362; kunnigt er mér um allt Ísland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alla Svíþjóð, Ó. H. 17; um allt ríki sitt, Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about the midland, Fms. i. 26; um miðjan skóginn er smáviði, Eg. 580; sjá um alla veröld, Ó. H. 202; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off, Stj. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um lög, Hkv. 1. 21; fátt kom um lengra, farther off, Fb. ii. 303; hárit féll um hana alla, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244; hárit hékk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518: mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200; þykkr um bóga, þeim manni er beit á of garðinn, Grág. ii. 286; skalat hann verja um bóstað hans, 222; kveðja um þann vetvang, 106; kveðja búa heiman um þann stað, i. 130, 355: liggja um strengi, Ld. 76; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351.
    2. of proportion; margir vóru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156; þar vóru fjórir of einn ( four to one) mót Hákoni, Fms. x. 382; eigi minni liðs-munr, en sex mundi vera um Hákonar mann einn, i. 43; um einn hest vóru tveir menn, two men to each horse, vii. 295; sex menn sé um sáld, Grág. ii. 402: Hrafn var mjök einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit hefi ek mitt of leiti? Gs. 16.
    III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), with verbs denoting motion; fara … suðr um Stað, Eg. 12; norðr um Stað, Fms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281; er þeir kómu fram um Bjarkey, Ó. H. 137; norðr um Jaðar, 182; austan um Foldina, Eg. 81; út um Eldey, Eb. 108; austr um búðina, Nj. 231; ríða um þá þrjá bæi, Grág. i. 432; hann hljóp um þá, ok í fjall upp, passed them by, Landn. 89; sigla svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship, Fms. x. 346; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat. quod petis hic est); vaða jörð upp um klaufir, Ld. 336; fram um stafn, Landn. 29; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266; honum var úhægt at höggva um bríkina, Sturl. iii. 219; ríða um tún, to pass by a place, Ísl. ii. 252; neðan um sáðlandit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grág. ii. 277; fara um góð héruð, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga um stræti, by the road, Korm. 228; róa út um sund, Eg. 385; kominn um langan veg, 410; þeim dropum er renna um þekjuna, Fms. i. 263.
    2. over, across, along; sá er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i. 305; skyldi ganga um gólf at minnum öllum, to cross the flood, Eg. 253; but also to walk up and down the floor, 247; bera öl um eld, to bear the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442; slá um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; sigla vestr um haf, Fms. i. 22; ríða vestr um ár, austr um ár, Nj. 10, 99; suðr um sæ, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um haf, Nj. 128; austan um Kjöl, Ó. H.; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; suðr um fjall, Eg. 476; um þvera stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um þvera búð, Grág. i. 24; um þvert nesit, Fms. xi. 65; um öxl, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um kné sér, across the knee, Eg. 304: the phrase, mér er e-ð um hönd, difficult to lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hægt um hönd, giving little trouble, easy to lay hand on; ykkr er þat hægst um hönd, easiest for you, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni at vera, Núm.; kastaði (the mail) um söðul sinn, across the saddle, Grett. 93 A.
    IV. with adverbs denoting direction, upp um, út um, niðr um, ofan um, inn um, fram um, with acc. or ellipt.; sær féll út ok inn of nökkvann, Edda 36; loginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; hann var kominn upp um ský, Fms. i. 137; út um bringuna, Ld. 150; hann gékk út of Miðgarð, Edda 35; ganga út um dyrr, Eg. 420; fara út um glugg, Fms. ix. 3; út um glugginn, Ld. 278; láta sér um munn fara, to pass out of the mouth, Háv. 51; ferr orð er um munn líðr, Sturl. i. 207.
    B. Temp. during, in the course of, cp. Engl. that spring, that summer; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um þingit, Eg. 765; um sex ár, Stj.; um vetrinn, Eg. 168; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93; um sumarit, Nj. 4; um várit, Eg. 42; um nótt, Grág. i. 115; þat var um nótt, by night, Ld. 152; hann mátti eigi sofa um nætr, Nj. 210; sofa um nóttina, 7; vera þar um nóttina, 252; lengra enn fara megi um dag, in the course of one day, Grág. i. 89; um daginn, for the rest of the day, Ld. 42; um morna, Landn. (in a verse), Ó. H. 44; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed.; um allar aldir, Edda; um alla daga, all day long, Skm. 4; um alla sína daga, all his days, Hom. 114; allt um hans æfi, Eg. 268; um aldr, for ever, passim; um tíma, for a while, Mar.; um hríð, um stund, for a while, see stund, hríð; um … sakar, a while, see sök (A. III. 2); um samt, altogether, Sks. 113 B.
    2. above, beyond; standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; um hálfan mánuð, Fms. ix. 526, v. l.; um viku, above a week.
    3. at a point of time, at; hann kom at höllinni um drykkju, Nj. 269; of matmál, at meal time, Grág. i. 261; um dagmál, um náttmál, einnhvern dag um þingit, Ld. 290; eitt hvert sinn um haustið, Nj. 26; þat var of vár, Fms. x. 389; um várit urðu mikil tíðendi, 2; þeir höfðu verit á sundi um daginn, Ld. 130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um þat, when; um þat er þrír vetr eru liðnir, Ld. 146; um þat þessir eru bættir, Eg. 426; um þat lýkr, when the end is there, in the end, Fas. ii. 361; ef ek kom eigi aptr um þat, then, at that time, Fms. ii. 58; um þat er vér erum allir at velli lagðir, Eg. 426; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530; um síðir, at last, see síð (II); um leið, at the same time; hér um bil, about so and so; um allt, of allt, always; Kristinn dóin má um allt sækja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154; nokkrum sinnum, ok hefir mér ofallt íllt þótt, Fms. v. 205 (see ávallt, p. 47, col. 2).
    C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda vörð á um e-t, Eg. ch. 27; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Glúm. 342, Kormak; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, Ó. H. 215; bera um e-t, dæma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100; tala um e-t, to speak of, 40; þræta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um e-t, to speer or ask about, 110; göra, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378; halda njósn um e-t, Eg. 72; nefna, búa um mál, Nj. 86; um alla ráða-görð, 101; stefna e-m um e-t, Grág. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87; vera til eptir-máls um e-t, passim; frækinn um allt, in everything, 89; bera gæfu til um e-t, Eg. 76; kappsamr of allt, þeir hyggja þat lög um þat mál, Grág. i. 9; eitt ráð myndi honum um þat sýnask, Nj. 79; kunna hóf at um ágirni sína, Ó. H. 131; þat er um þat átan, er …, N. G. L. i. 19; þau tíðendi er görzk höfðu um ferðir Egils ok stórvirki, Eg. 686; stór úfarar görask of menn þessa, Fms. xi. 151; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaðisk of svörin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburði slíka, Nj. 119; þá var hvíld á um bardagann, 248; hann telzk undan um förina, Fms. xi. 69; ruðning um kviðinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grág.; binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206: gróa um heilt, to become sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; leita e-s í um mein hennar, Eg. 565; veita tilkall um arf, Eg.; leita um sættir, grið, Nj. 92; selja laun um liðveizlu, 214: in inscriptions of chapters, um so and so, = Lat. de; um viðrtal Njáls ok Skarphéðins, um misfanga ok um mark, um bæjar bruna, Nj., Grág., Fms.; göra mikit um sik, to make a great fuss, Fb. i. 545; görði mikit um sik ok var sjálfhælinn, Grett. 133 A: vera vel um sik ( of good quality) ok vinsæll, Fms. xi. 118; mey er ok vissa vænsta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hón væri í engum hlut verri um sik, Hkr. ii. 129; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102; auga blátt ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7; hvárr um sik, each for himself, one by one, Dipl. ii. 11; vér staðfestum þessa articulos hvern um sik ok sér hverja, 13; þykki mér þat undarligt um svá vitran mann, of a man so wise, Eg. 20; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities, Rb. 364; þat mátti vera um röskvan mann, Fms. vii. 227.
    2. ganga um sýslur manna, to go about or upon men’s business, as an overseer. Eg. 2; ganga um beina, to attend, see beini.
    3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like, dislike; Guðrúnu var lítið um þat … lítið ætla ek þeim um þat bræðrum, at …, Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81; var honum ekki um Norðmenn, Hkr. i. 128; Þórði kvaðsk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42; er þér nökkut um ( hast thou any objection?), at vér rannsakim þik ok hús þin, Gísl. 53; sá er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms, ix. 36; ef þór er mikit um ráða-hug við mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi. 4.
    4. búa um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; búa um nægtir, grun, skoll, búa um heilt, see búa (A. II); búa um hvílu, to make a bed; búa um okkr, Nj. 201 (see búa B. I. 2. γ); setjask um kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest, Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um kyrt.
    II. because of, for, Lat. ob; öfunda e-n um e-t ( invidere a-i a-d), Nj. 168; reiðask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá, Bs. i. 22; telja á e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52; berja e-n íllyrðum um slikt, 64; lágu margir á hálsi honum þat, Fms. xi. 336; týna aldri um óra sök, Skv. 3. 49; verða útlagr um e-t, to be fined for a transgression, Grág. i. 16; dæmdr fjörbaugs-maðr um spellvirki, 129; maðr vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [ violating] his wife, 61; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19.
    III. beyond, above; fimm hundruð gólfa ok um ( plus) fjórum togum, Gm. 24; kistan var eigi um vættar höfga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, Karl. 351; lítið um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183; hann var ekki um tvítugan, Róm. 327; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be one beyond thirty, i. e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa tvo um þrítugt ( thirty-two), átta um fertugt ( forty-eight), tvo um fimtugt ( fifty-two), einn um áttrætt ( eighty-one); sá dagr, sem um vikur fullar er í árinu, Rb. 128: at yðr verði þat ekki um afl, beyond your strength, more than one can do, Band. 21 new Ed.; um megn, id., Fms. viii. 62; þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn, vi. 18; kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; þótti mörgum þetta um of, Vígl. 18: um fram (q. v.), beyond; um alla menn fram, above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343; um alla hluti fram, above all things; um þat fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks.: um hug; vera e-t um hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss, Nj. 24.
    IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um, snúa um, venda um, see skipta III and snúa A. III.
    V. over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over; hverr féll um annan, of heaps of slain. Eg. 24; fÉll bóandinn um hann, Nj. 96; detta um stein, þúfu, to stumble over a stone, mound; glotta um tönn, see tönn.
    VI. by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats, Fb. i. 417; hefja upp of faðm saman, by a fathom, Grág. ii. 336; minka um helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rétt. 114.
    VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing; þeir sögðu honum hvat um var at vera, what it was about, Hrafn. 18; sem engi ótti væri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57; eiga ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gísl. 30; eiga vandræði, fjölskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78; hann segir honum um hvat vera er, what was the matter? Gísl. 36; þann sagði þvílíkt er hann hafði um at vera, Krok.; var fátt um með þeim, they were on cold terms, Nj. 2; var þá ekki lítið um, there was no little fuss about it, Bárð. 174; mikit er um þá maðrinn býr, mart hefir hann að hugsa, a ditty.
    VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56; þykkir honum vænkask um, Fms. xi. 135; þann mála-búnað at hann verðr sekr um, Nj. 88; ef satt skal um tala, 105; mér hefir tvennt um sýnzk, 3; menn ræddu um at vánt væri skip hans, 282; hér má ek vel svara þér um, 33; hann brá dúki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er þá djöfullinn um (about, lurking) at svíkja þann mann, Hom. 159; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64; ekki er við menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils), Nj. 97.
    IX. with adverbs; í hring útan um, all round, Eg. 486; gékk um Veðrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775; ríða um, to ride by, Eg. 748; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23; er konungr færi norðan ok suðr um, Eg. 53; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótið var langt um úfært, quite impassable, Nj. 63, 144; þessi veðr eru langt um úfær, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. það er langt um betra, by far better; kring-um, all around, see A.V.
    2. um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku er um var liðin, in the past week, Ísl. ii. 332.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets, sitja um matborði (of Hkr. iii. 109) = sitja yfir matborði, Fms. viii. 51; um verði, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of (= yfir) skörðum hlut, Ó. H. 150; sá er tvá húskarla á, ok um sjálfum sér, two house-carles besides himself, Grág. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafðak veldi of héruðum þessum, Clem. 35; hár söngr of svírum, Hornklofi; nema þér syngi um höfði, Hkv. 2; sitja um sínum ver, Vsp.; er ek sat soltin um Sigurði, Gkv. 2. 11; opin-spjallr um e-u, … þagmælskr um þjóðlygi (dat.), Ad. 1; um styrkum ættar stuðli, 12; ægis-hjálm bar ek um alda sonum, meðan ek um menjum lák, Fm. 16; gól um hánum, Vsp.; úlfr þaut um hræfi, Ó. H. (in a verse); see ‘of,’ prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.
    B. Of time, by; um dögum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48; um nóttum, by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bæði um haustum ok várum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B; um sumrum, Fms. vi. 255; um sumrum herjuðu þeir í Noreg, Eb. 3; þakt með ísum um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um vetnim, Eg. 4; þeir liggja úti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru þeir heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > UM

  • 6 the

    1. definite article
    1) der/die/das

    if you want a quick survey, this is the book — für einen raschen Überblick ist dies das richtige Buch

    it's or there's only the one — es ist nur dieser/diese/dieses eine

    he lives in the district — er wohnt in dieser Gegend

    £5 the square metre/the gallon/the kilogram — 5 Pfund der Quadratmeter/die Gallone/das Kilogramm

    14 miles to the gallon — 14 Meilen auf eine Gallone; ≈ 20 l auf 100 km

    a scale of one mile to the inch — ein Maßstab von 1: 63 360

    have got the toothache/measles — (coll.) Zahnschmerzen/die Masern haben

    4) (Brit. coll.): (my, our, etc.) mein/unser usw
    2. adverb

    the more I practise the better I play — je mehr ich übe, desto od. um so besser spiele ich

    so much the worse for somebody/something — um so schlimmer für jemanden/etwas

    * * *
    [ðə, ði]
    (The form [ðə] is used before words beginning with a consonant eg the house or consonant sound eg the union [ðə'ju:njən]; the form [ði] is used before words beginning with a vowel eg the apple or vowel sound eg the honour [ði 'onə]) der/die/das
    1) (used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned previously, described in a following phrase, or already known: Where is the book I put on the table?; Who was the man you were talking to?; My mug is the tall blue one; Switch the light off!)
    2) (used with a singular noun or an adjective to refer to all members of a group etc or to a general type of object, group of objects etc: The horse is running fast.; I spoke to him on the telephone; He plays the piano/violin very well.) der/die/das
    3) (used to refer to unique objects etc, especially in titles and names: the Duke of Edinburgh; the Atlantic (Ocean).) der/die/das
    4) (used after a preposition with words referring to a unit of quantity, time etc: In this job we are paid by the hour.) eine/-r/s(oder unübersetzt)
    5) (used with superlative adjectives and adverbs to denote a person, thing etc which is or shows more of something than any other: He is the kindest man I know; We like him (the) best of all.) der/die/das,am
    6) ((often with all) used with comparative adjectives to show that a person, thing etc is better, worse etc: He has had a week's holiday and looks (all) the better for it.) um so
    •
    - academic.ru/118911/the_..">the...
    - the...
    * * *
    [ði:, ði, ðə]
    I. art def
    at \the cinema im Kino
    at \the corner an der Ecke
    in \the fridge im Kühlschrank
    on \the shelf im Regal
    on \the table auf dem Tisch
    2. (particular thing/person)
    ▪ \the ... der/die/das...
    Harry's Bar is \the place to go Harrys Bar ist in der Szene total in fam
    3. (with family name)
    \the Smiths are away on vacation die Schmidts sind im Urlaub
    4. (before relative clause) der/die/das
    I really enjoyed \the book I've just finished reading das Buch, das ich gerade gelesen habe, war wirklich interessant
    5. (before name with adjective) der/die
    \the unfortunate Mr Jones was caught up in the crime der bedauernswerte Mr. Jones wurde in das Verbrechen verwickelt
    6. (in title) der/die
    Edward \the Seventh Eduard der Siebte
    Elizabeth \the second Elisabeth die Zweite
    7. (before adjective) der/die/das
    I suppose we'll just have to wait for \the inevitable ich vermute, wir müssen einfach auf das Unvermeidliche warten
    8. (to represent group) der/die/das; (with mass group) die
    \the panda is becoming an increasingly rare animal der Pandabär wird immer seltener
    \the democrats/poor/townspeople die Demokraten/Armen/Städter
    a home for \the elderly ein Altersheim nt
    9. (with superlative) der/die/das
    \the highest mountain in Europe der höchste Berg Europas
    \the happiest der/die Glücklichste
    10. (instead of possessive)
    how's \the leg today, Mrs. Steel? wie geht es Ihrem Bein denn heute, Frau Steel?
    he held his daughter tightly by \the arm er hielt seine Tochter am Arm fest
    11. (with dates) der
    \the 24th of May der 24. Mai
    May \the 24th der 24. Mai; (with time period) die
    in \the eighties in den Achtzigern [o Achtzigerjahren
    12. (with ordinal numbers) der/die/das
    you're \the fifth person to ask me that du bist die Fünfte, die mich das fragt
    these potatoes are sold by \the kilo diese Kartoffeln werden kiloweise verkauft
    by \the hour pro Stunde
    twenty miles to \the gallon zwanzig Meilen auf eine Gallone
    14. (enough) der/die/das
    I haven't got \the energy to go out this evening ich habe heute Abend nicht mehr die Energie auszugehen
    II. adv + comp
    all \the better/worse umso besser/schlechter
    I feel all \the better for getting that off my chest nachdem ich das losgeworden bin, fühle ich mich gleich viel besser
    any the better/worse in irgendeiner Weise besser/schlechter
    she doesn't seem to be any \the worse for her bad experience ihre schlimme Erfahrung scheint ihr in keiner Weise geschadet zu haben
    ▪ \the..., \the... je..., desto...
    \the lower \the price, \the poorer \the quality je niedriger der Preis, umso schlechter die Qualität
    \the colder it got, \the more she shivered je kälter es wurde, desto mehr zitterte sie
    bring the family with you! \the more \the merrier! bring die Familie mit! je mehr Leute, desto besser
    ▪ \the more..., \the more... je mehr..., desto mehr...
    \the more I see of his work, \the more I like it je mehr ich von seiner Arbeit sehe, desto besser gefällt sie mir
    * * *
    [ðə] (vor Vokalen auch, zur Betonung auch) [ðiː]
    1. def art
    1) der/die/das

    on the edge —

    to play the piano/guitar — Klavier/Gitarre spielen

    have you invited the Browns? — haben Sie die Browns or (with children) die Familie Brown eingeladen?

    in the 20s — in den zwanziger Jahren or Zwanzigerjahren pl

    how's the leg/wife? (inf) — wie gehts dem Bein/Ihrer Frau? (inf)

    2) (with adj used as n) das, die; (with comp or superl) der/die/das

    the poor/rich — die Armen pl/Reichen pl

    translated from the German —

    she was the prettier/prettiest — sie war die Hübschere/Hübscheste

    3) (denoting whole class) der/die/das
    4)

    (distributive use) 80p the pound — 80 Pence das or pro Pfund

    by the hour — pro Stunde

    the car does thirty miles to the gallon — das Auto braucht eine Gallone auf dreißig Meilen, das Auto verbraucht 11 Liter auf 100km

    5) [ðiː]
    (stressed) der/die/das
    2. adv

    (with comp adj or adv) all the more/better/harder — umso mehr/besser/schwieriger

    (all) the more so because... — umso mehr, als...

    See:
    → better
    * * *
    1. (bestimmter Artikel) der, die, das, pl die (und die entsprechenden Formen im akk und dat):
    the book on the table das Buch auf dem Tisch;
    the England of today das England von heute;
    the Browns die Browns, die Familie Brown
    one dollar the pound einen Dollar das Pfund;
    wine at two pounds the bottle Wein zu zwei Pfund die Flasche
    3. [ðiː] der, die, das (hervorragende oder geeignete etc):
    he is the painter of the century er ist der Maler des Jahrhunderts
    the2 [ðə] adv (vor komp) desto, umso;
    the … the je …, desto;
    so much the better umso besser;
    so much the more umso (viel) mehr;
    not any the better um nichts besser;
    the more so as umso mehr, als; → soon 3
    Gambia, the [ˈɡæmbıə] s Gamiba n
    Midlands, the [ˈmıdləndz] spl Mittelengland n (Grafschaften Mittelenglands, besonders Warwickshire, Northamptonshire, Leicestershire, Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire und Staffordshire)
    * * *
    1. definite article
    1) der/die/das

    if you want a quick survey, this is the book — für einen raschen Überblick ist dies das richtige Buch

    it's or there's only the one — es ist nur dieser/diese/dieses eine

    £5 the square metre/the gallon/the kilogram — 5 Pfund der Quadratmeter/die Gallone/das Kilogramm

    14 miles to the gallon — 14 Meilen auf eine Gallone; ≈ 20 l auf 100 km

    a scale of one mile to the inch — ein Maßstab von 1: 63 360

    have got the toothache/measles — (coll.) Zahnschmerzen/die Masern haben

    4) (Brit. coll.): (my, our, etc.) mein/unser usw
    2. adverb

    the more I practise the better I play — je mehr ich übe, desto od. um so besser spiele ich

    so much the worse for somebody/something — um so schlimmer für jemanden/etwas

    * * *
    art.
    das art.n.
    der art.m.
    die art.f. v.
    zum v.

    English-german dictionary > the

  • 7 tanti

    tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
    I.
    Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
    1.
    With [p. 1841] quantus:

    nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:

    quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:

    est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:

    tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:

    quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,

    Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
    2.
    With ut.
    a.
    Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:

    tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B G 4, 17:

    non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;

    unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?

    Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?

    id. 6, 7, 30.—
    b.
    Denoting comparison:

    tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,

    Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
    3.
    With rel. qui, etc.:

    cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:

    statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,

    id. Sull. 2, 7:

    nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,

    id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
    4.
    Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:

    tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,

    id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:

    qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:

    neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,

    id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:

    tantilla tanta verba funditat,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:

    ne tantae nationes conjugantur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 11:

    onus,

    id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:

    non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,

    id. de Or 2, 20, 84:

    qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:

    tot tantaque vitia,

    id. Verr 1, 16, 47:

    quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,

    id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:

    conservare urbes tantas atque tales,

    id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:

    tanta ista mala,

    Sall. C. 40, 2;

    Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,

    Verg. G. 2, 154:

    tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,

    id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:

    sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,

    six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,

    sexcenta tanta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:

    tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,

    three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:

    jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,

    such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:

    si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,

    Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
    5.
    With quam:

    maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,

    Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:

    tantus ille ventorum,

    Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
    6.
    Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):

    cur tanto opere extimueras?

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:

    mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
    B.
    Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):

    tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,

    Val. Fl. 5, 636:

    lamentabile tantis urbibus,

    Stat. Th. 11, 160:

    legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,

    Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:

    numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,

    Luc. 7, 834. —
    C.
    Neutr. absol.
    1.
    tantum, so much, so many:

    habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:

    iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:

    eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,

    Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):

    cum tantum belli in manibus esset,

    Liv. 4, 57, 1:

    sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:

    tantum hostium intra muros est,

    Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:

    sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):

    tantum... dum,

    Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:

    tantum modo... dum,

    Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:

    vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
    2.
    Gen. (of price) tanti:

    tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:

    tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,

    it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:

    frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ubi me dixero dare tanti,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:

    graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,

    in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
    b.
    Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:

    hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:

    sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 22:

    etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,

    id. Mil. 22, 58:

    juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 13, 2:

    cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),

    Quint. 12, 8, 4:

    sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,

    Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
    3.
    Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:

    quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:

    quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,

    id. B. C. 1, 81:

    tanto major vis, quanto recentior,

    Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:

    reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:

    tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:

    bis tanto pluris,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 6:

    ter tanto pejor,

    id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:

    multo tanto miserior,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:

    si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:

    post tanto,

    Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:

    tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:

    doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:

    tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,

    Cat. 49, 6.—
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;

    so too: tanto melior,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:

    tanto hercle melior,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:

    tanto major! tanto augustior!

    how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:

    tanto nequior!

    so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,

    tanto miserior,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
    4.
    In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:

    danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:

    quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27.
    II.
    Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):

    ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:

    praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 35:

    tantum navium,

    id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
    A.
    So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:

    tantum, quantum quis fuge,

    as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:

    de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:

    id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,

    so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Con. 4, 1:

    tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,

    Liv. 37, 39, 6:

    tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,

    so long, id. 27, 42, 13:

    tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 16:

    ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:

    nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,

    Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):

    nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,

    Verg. G. 4, 101:

    juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:

    tantum dissimilis,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 313:

    Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,

    Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
    B.
    (Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:

    tantum monet, quantum intellegit,

    only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:

    tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8:

    quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:

    Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,

    id. Par. 2, 17:

    dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,

    id. Fl. 15, 34:

    notus mihi nomine tantum,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:

    apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,

    non tantum... sed,

    id. 9, 3, 28:

    nec tantum... sed (etiam),

    id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;

    once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    unum flumen tantum intererat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19:

    unum defuisse tantum superbiae,

    Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
    b.
    Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;

    whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,

    id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:

    cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,

    id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:

    omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,

    id. ib. 4, 6, 6:

    pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 62:

    velis tantummodo,

    you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:

    unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:

    neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:

    neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,

    Liv. 9, 37, 2:

    Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,

    id. 21, 32, 4; so,

    non tantummodo... sed etiam,

    Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:

    non tantummodo... sed... quoque,

    Vell. 2, 110, 5:

    non tantummodo... verum etiam,

    Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:

    rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
    2.
    Particular phrases.
    a.
    Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):

    cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,

    Liv. 5, 7, 2:

    tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,

    id. 34, 40, 5:

    tantum non ad portam bellum esse,

    id. 25, 15, 1:

    videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,

    id. 37, 29, 9:

    cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,

    id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:

    tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,

    Suet. Tib. 11:

    tantum non statim a funere,

    id. ib. 52:

    tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,

    id. ib. 66:

    tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,

    id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:

    tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,

    only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:

    dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,

    id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:

    ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,

    Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
    b.
    Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):

    tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:

    tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 117, 1:

    haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,

    Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:

    navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,

    id. Ner. 6:

    tantum quod pueritiam egresso,

    id. Aug. 63:

    dentem tantum quod exemptum,

    id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):

    tantum alone = tantum quod,

    Verg. E. 6, 16. —
    c.
    Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:

    tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tanti

  • 8 tanto

    tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
    I.
    Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
    1.
    With [p. 1841] quantus:

    nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:

    quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:

    est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:

    tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:

    quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,

    Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
    2.
    With ut.
    a.
    Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:

    tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B G 4, 17:

    non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;

    unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?

    Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?

    id. 6, 7, 30.—
    b.
    Denoting comparison:

    tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,

    Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
    3.
    With rel. qui, etc.:

    cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:

    statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,

    id. Sull. 2, 7:

    nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,

    id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
    4.
    Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:

    tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,

    id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:

    qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:

    neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,

    id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:

    tantilla tanta verba funditat,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:

    ne tantae nationes conjugantur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 11:

    onus,

    id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:

    non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,

    id. de Or 2, 20, 84:

    qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:

    tot tantaque vitia,

    id. Verr 1, 16, 47:

    quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,

    id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:

    conservare urbes tantas atque tales,

    id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:

    tanta ista mala,

    Sall. C. 40, 2;

    Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,

    Verg. G. 2, 154:

    tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,

    id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:

    sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,

    six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,

    sexcenta tanta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:

    tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,

    three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:

    jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,

    such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:

    si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,

    Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
    5.
    With quam:

    maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,

    Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:

    tantus ille ventorum,

    Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
    6.
    Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):

    cur tanto opere extimueras?

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:

    mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
    B.
    Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):

    tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,

    Val. Fl. 5, 636:

    lamentabile tantis urbibus,

    Stat. Th. 11, 160:

    legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,

    Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:

    numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,

    Luc. 7, 834. —
    C.
    Neutr. absol.
    1.
    tantum, so much, so many:

    habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:

    iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:

    eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,

    Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):

    cum tantum belli in manibus esset,

    Liv. 4, 57, 1:

    sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:

    tantum hostium intra muros est,

    Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:

    sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):

    tantum... dum,

    Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:

    tantum modo... dum,

    Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:

    vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
    2.
    Gen. (of price) tanti:

    tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:

    tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,

    it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:

    frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ubi me dixero dare tanti,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:

    graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,

    in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
    b.
    Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:

    hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:

    sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 22:

    etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,

    id. Mil. 22, 58:

    juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 13, 2:

    cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),

    Quint. 12, 8, 4:

    sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,

    Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
    3.
    Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:

    quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:

    quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,

    id. B. C. 1, 81:

    tanto major vis, quanto recentior,

    Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:

    reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:

    tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:

    bis tanto pluris,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 6:

    ter tanto pejor,

    id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:

    multo tanto miserior,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:

    si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:

    post tanto,

    Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:

    tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:

    doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:

    tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,

    Cat. 49, 6.—
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;

    so too: tanto melior,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:

    tanto hercle melior,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:

    tanto major! tanto augustior!

    how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:

    tanto nequior!

    so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,

    tanto miserior,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
    4.
    In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:

    danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:

    quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27.
    II.
    Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):

    ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:

    praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 35:

    tantum navium,

    id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
    A.
    So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:

    tantum, quantum quis fuge,

    as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:

    de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:

    id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,

    so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Con. 4, 1:

    tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,

    Liv. 37, 39, 6:

    tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,

    so long, id. 27, 42, 13:

    tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 16:

    ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:

    nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,

    Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):

    nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,

    Verg. G. 4, 101:

    juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:

    tantum dissimilis,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 313:

    Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,

    Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
    B.
    (Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:

    tantum monet, quantum intellegit,

    only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:

    tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8:

    quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:

    Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,

    id. Par. 2, 17:

    dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,

    id. Fl. 15, 34:

    notus mihi nomine tantum,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:

    apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,

    non tantum... sed,

    id. 9, 3, 28:

    nec tantum... sed (etiam),

    id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;

    once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    unum flumen tantum intererat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19:

    unum defuisse tantum superbiae,

    Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
    b.
    Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;

    whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,

    id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:

    cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,

    id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:

    omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,

    id. ib. 4, 6, 6:

    pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 62:

    velis tantummodo,

    you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:

    unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:

    neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:

    neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,

    Liv. 9, 37, 2:

    Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,

    id. 21, 32, 4; so,

    non tantummodo... sed etiam,

    Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:

    non tantummodo... sed... quoque,

    Vell. 2, 110, 5:

    non tantummodo... verum etiam,

    Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:

    rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
    2.
    Particular phrases.
    a.
    Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):

    cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,

    Liv. 5, 7, 2:

    tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,

    id. 34, 40, 5:

    tantum non ad portam bellum esse,

    id. 25, 15, 1:

    videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,

    id. 37, 29, 9:

    cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,

    id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:

    tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,

    Suet. Tib. 11:

    tantum non statim a funere,

    id. ib. 52:

    tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,

    id. ib. 66:

    tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,

    id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:

    tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,

    only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:

    dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,

    id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:

    ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,

    Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
    b.
    Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):

    tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:

    tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 117, 1:

    haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,

    Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:

    navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,

    id. Ner. 6:

    tantum quod pueritiam egresso,

    id. Aug. 63:

    dentem tantum quod exemptum,

    id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):

    tantum alone = tantum quod,

    Verg. E. 6, 16. —
    c.
    Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:

    tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tanto

  • 9 tanto opere

    tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
    I.
    Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
    1.
    With [p. 1841] quantus:

    nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:

    quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:

    est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:

    tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:

    quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,

    Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
    2.
    With ut.
    a.
    Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:

    tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B G 4, 17:

    non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;

    unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?

    Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?

    id. 6, 7, 30.—
    b.
    Denoting comparison:

    tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,

    Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
    3.
    With rel. qui, etc.:

    cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:

    statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,

    id. Sull. 2, 7:

    nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,

    id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
    4.
    Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:

    tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,

    id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:

    qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:

    neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,

    id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:

    tantilla tanta verba funditat,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:

    ne tantae nationes conjugantur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 11:

    onus,

    id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:

    non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,

    id. de Or 2, 20, 84:

    qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:

    tot tantaque vitia,

    id. Verr 1, 16, 47:

    quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,

    id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:

    conservare urbes tantas atque tales,

    id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:

    tanta ista mala,

    Sall. C. 40, 2;

    Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,

    Verg. G. 2, 154:

    tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,

    id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:

    sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,

    six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,

    sexcenta tanta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:

    tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,

    three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:

    jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,

    such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:

    si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,

    Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
    5.
    With quam:

    maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,

    Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:

    tantus ille ventorum,

    Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
    6.
    Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):

    cur tanto opere extimueras?

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:

    mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
    B.
    Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):

    tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,

    Val. Fl. 5, 636:

    lamentabile tantis urbibus,

    Stat. Th. 11, 160:

    legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,

    Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:

    numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,

    Luc. 7, 834. —
    C.
    Neutr. absol.
    1.
    tantum, so much, so many:

    habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:

    iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:

    eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,

    Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):

    cum tantum belli in manibus esset,

    Liv. 4, 57, 1:

    sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:

    tantum hostium intra muros est,

    Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:

    sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):

    tantum... dum,

    Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:

    tantum modo... dum,

    Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:

    vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
    2.
    Gen. (of price) tanti:

    tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:

    tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,

    it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:

    frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ubi me dixero dare tanti,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:

    graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,

    in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
    b.
    Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:

    hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:

    sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 22:

    etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,

    id. Mil. 22, 58:

    juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 13, 2:

    cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),

    Quint. 12, 8, 4:

    sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,

    Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
    3.
    Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:

    quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:

    quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,

    id. B. C. 1, 81:

    tanto major vis, quanto recentior,

    Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:

    reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:

    tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:

    bis tanto pluris,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 6:

    ter tanto pejor,

    id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:

    multo tanto miserior,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:

    si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:

    post tanto,

    Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:

    tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:

    doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:

    tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,

    Cat. 49, 6.—
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;

    so too: tanto melior,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:

    tanto hercle melior,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:

    tanto major! tanto augustior!

    how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:

    tanto nequior!

    so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,

    tanto miserior,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
    4.
    In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:

    danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:

    quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27.
    II.
    Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):

    ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:

    praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 35:

    tantum navium,

    id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
    A.
    So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:

    tantum, quantum quis fuge,

    as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:

    de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:

    id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,

    so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Con. 4, 1:

    tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,

    Liv. 37, 39, 6:

    tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,

    so long, id. 27, 42, 13:

    tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 16:

    ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:

    nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,

    Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):

    nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,

    Verg. G. 4, 101:

    juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:

    tantum dissimilis,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 313:

    Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,

    Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
    B.
    (Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:

    tantum monet, quantum intellegit,

    only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:

    tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8:

    quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:

    Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,

    id. Par. 2, 17:

    dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,

    id. Fl. 15, 34:

    notus mihi nomine tantum,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:

    apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,

    non tantum... sed,

    id. 9, 3, 28:

    nec tantum... sed (etiam),

    id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;

    once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    unum flumen tantum intererat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19:

    unum defuisse tantum superbiae,

    Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
    b.
    Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;

    whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,

    id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:

    cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,

    id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:

    omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,

    id. ib. 4, 6, 6:

    pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 62:

    velis tantummodo,

    you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:

    unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:

    neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:

    neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,

    Liv. 9, 37, 2:

    Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,

    id. 21, 32, 4; so,

    non tantummodo... sed etiam,

    Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:

    non tantummodo... sed... quoque,

    Vell. 2, 110, 5:

    non tantummodo... verum etiam,

    Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:

    rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
    2.
    Particular phrases.
    a.
    Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):

    cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,

    Liv. 5, 7, 2:

    tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,

    id. 34, 40, 5:

    tantum non ad portam bellum esse,

    id. 25, 15, 1:

    videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,

    id. 37, 29, 9:

    cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,

    id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:

    tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,

    Suet. Tib. 11:

    tantum non statim a funere,

    id. ib. 52:

    tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,

    id. ib. 66:

    tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,

    id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:

    tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,

    only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:

    dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,

    id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:

    ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,

    Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
    b.
    Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):

    tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:

    tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 117, 1:

    haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,

    Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:

    navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,

    id. Ner. 6:

    tantum quod pueritiam egresso,

    id. Aug. 63:

    dentem tantum quod exemptum,

    id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):

    tantum alone = tantum quod,

    Verg. E. 6, 16. —
    c.
    Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:

    tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tanto opere

  • 10 tantus

    tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
    I.
    Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
    1.
    With [p. 1841] quantus:

    nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:

    quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:

    est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:

    tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:

    quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,

    Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
    2.
    With ut.
    a.
    Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:

    tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B G 4, 17:

    non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;

    unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?

    Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?

    id. 6, 7, 30.—
    b.
    Denoting comparison:

    tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,

    Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
    3.
    With rel. qui, etc.:

    cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:

    statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,

    id. Sull. 2, 7:

    nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,

    id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
    4.
    Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:

    tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,

    id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:

    qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:

    neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,

    id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:

    tantilla tanta verba funditat,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:

    ne tantae nationes conjugantur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 11:

    onus,

    id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:

    non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,

    id. de Or 2, 20, 84:

    qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:

    tot tantaque vitia,

    id. Verr 1, 16, 47:

    quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,

    id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:

    conservare urbes tantas atque tales,

    id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:

    tanta ista mala,

    Sall. C. 40, 2;

    Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,

    Verg. G. 2, 154:

    tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,

    id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:

    sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,

    six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,

    sexcenta tanta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:

    tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,

    three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:

    jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,

    such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:

    si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,

    Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
    5.
    With quam:

    maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,

    Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:

    tantus ille ventorum,

    Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
    6.
    Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):

    cur tanto opere extimueras?

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:

    mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
    B.
    Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):

    tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,

    Val. Fl. 5, 636:

    lamentabile tantis urbibus,

    Stat. Th. 11, 160:

    legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,

    Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:

    numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,

    Luc. 7, 834. —
    C.
    Neutr. absol.
    1.
    tantum, so much, so many:

    habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:

    iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:

    eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,

    Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):

    cum tantum belli in manibus esset,

    Liv. 4, 57, 1:

    sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:

    tantum hostium intra muros est,

    Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:

    sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):

    tantum... dum,

    Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:

    tantum modo... dum,

    Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:

    vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
    2.
    Gen. (of price) tanti:

    tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:

    tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,

    it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:

    frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ubi me dixero dare tanti,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:

    graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,

    in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
    b.
    Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:

    hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:

    sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 22:

    etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,

    id. Mil. 22, 58:

    juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 13, 2:

    cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),

    Quint. 12, 8, 4:

    sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,

    Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
    3.
    Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:

    quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:

    quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,

    id. B. C. 1, 81:

    tanto major vis, quanto recentior,

    Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:

    reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:

    tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:

    bis tanto pluris,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 6:

    ter tanto pejor,

    id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:

    multo tanto miserior,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:

    si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:

    post tanto,

    Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:

    tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:

    doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:

    tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,

    Cat. 49, 6.—
    b.
    In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;

    so too: tanto melior,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:

    tanto hercle melior,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:

    tanto major! tanto augustior!

    how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:

    tanto nequior!

    so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,

    tanto miserior,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
    4.
    In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:

    danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:

    quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27.
    II.
    Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):

    ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:

    praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 35:

    tantum navium,

    id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
    A.
    So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:

    tantum, quantum quis fuge,

    as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:

    de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:

    id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,

    so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Con. 4, 1:

    tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,

    Liv. 37, 39, 6:

    tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,

    so long, id. 27, 42, 13:

    tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 16:

    ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:

    nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,

    Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):

    nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,

    Verg. G. 4, 101:

    juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:

    tantum dissimilis,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 313:

    Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,

    Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
    B.
    (Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:

    tantum monet, quantum intellegit,

    only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:

    tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8:

    quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:

    Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,

    id. Par. 2, 17:

    dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,

    id. Fl. 15, 34:

    notus mihi nomine tantum,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:

    apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,

    non tantum... sed,

    id. 9, 3, 28:

    nec tantum... sed (etiam),

    id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;

    once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    unum flumen tantum intererat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19:

    unum defuisse tantum superbiae,

    Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
    b.
    Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;

    whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,

    id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:

    cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,

    id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:

    omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,

    id. ib. 4, 6, 6:

    pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 62:

    velis tantummodo,

    you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:

    unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:

    neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:

    neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,

    Liv. 9, 37, 2:

    Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,

    id. 21, 32, 4; so,

    non tantummodo... sed etiam,

    Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:

    non tantummodo... sed... quoque,

    Vell. 2, 110, 5:

    non tantummodo... verum etiam,

    Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:

    rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
    2.
    Particular phrases.
    a.
    Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):

    cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,

    Liv. 5, 7, 2:

    tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,

    id. 34, 40, 5:

    tantum non ad portam bellum esse,

    id. 25, 15, 1:

    videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,

    id. 37, 29, 9:

    cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,

    id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:

    tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,

    Suet. Tib. 11:

    tantum non statim a funere,

    id. ib. 52:

    tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,

    id. ib. 66:

    tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,

    id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:

    tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,

    only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:

    dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,

    id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:

    ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,

    Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
    b.
    Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):

    tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:

    tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 117, 1:

    haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,

    Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:

    navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,

    id. Ner. 6:

    tantum quod pueritiam egresso,

    id. Aug. 63:

    dentem tantum quod exemptum,

    id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):

    tantum alone = tantum quod,

    Verg. E. 6, 16. —
    c.
    Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:

    tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tantus

  • 11 गुणः _guṇḥ

    गुणः [गुण्-अच्]
    1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42.
    -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence.
    -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15.
    -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7.
    -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit').
    -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54.
    -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57.
    -8 A sinew.
    -9 A quali- ty, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22.
    -1 A quality, characte- ristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24).
    -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three proper- ties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27.
    -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221.
    -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5.
    -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1.
    -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4.
    -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16.
    -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence.
    -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्.
    -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says: माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6.
    -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as in- stances to illustrate these meanings.
    -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedi- ents to be used by a king in foreign politics are six:-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21.
    -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities).
    -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.).
    -24 An organ of sense.
    -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233.
    -26 A cook.
    -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas.
    -28 Leaving, abandonment.
    -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.)
    -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind.
    -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utter- ance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven.
    -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27.
    -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44.
    -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (
    -तः) the Supreme Being.
    -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened.
    -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22.
    -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11.
    -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities.
    -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6.
    -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent.
    -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction.
    -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5.
    -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. rich in virtues.
    -आत्मन् a. having qualities.
    -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person.
    -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent.
    -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain.
    -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities.
    -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium.
    -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73.
    -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12.
    -ओघः, -घम् su- perior or abundant merits.
    -कथनम् extolling, praising.
    -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid.
    -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 an unessential or secondary action.
    -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्.
    ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute.
    -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1.
    -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24.
    -कार a. productive of good qualities, profit- able, salutary.
    (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares side- dishes or any secondary articles of food.
    -2 an epithet of Bhīma.
    -3 (in math.) the multiplier.
    -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling.
    -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15.
    -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11.
    -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise.
    -गृध्नु a.
    1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2.
    -2 possessing enviable or good qualities.
    -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5.
    -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi.
    -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits.
    -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9.
    -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13.
    -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47.
    -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent proper- ties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life.
    -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67.
    -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities.
    -निधिः a store of virtues.
    -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords.
    -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64.
    -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23.
    -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1.
    -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14.
    -महत् a superior quality.
    -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84.
    -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51.
    -राशिः an epithet of Śiva
    -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property.
    -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent.
    -लुब्ध a.
    1 desirous of merits.
    -2 attached to merits.
    -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः.
    -वादः 1 pointing out good merits.
    -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as: गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.).
    -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhu- sūdana.
    -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit.
    -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36.
    -षः a different property.
    -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened.
    -वृत्तिः f.
    1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति).
    -2 the character or style of merits.
    -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296.
    -शब्दः an adjective.
    -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19.
    -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits.
    -2 attach- ment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures.
    -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26.
    -संपद् f. ex- cellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24.
    -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man.
    -2 an epithet of Brahmā.
    -हीन a.
    1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89.
    -2 poor (as food).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गुणः _guṇḥ

  • 12 не ахти

    I
    [AdvP; Invar; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. Also: НЕ АХТИ coll [adv or impers predic]
    ⇒ not very well; (it is) not very good, pleasant etc:
    - not particularly (terribly, too) well (good);
    - not all that well (good).
         ♦ [Лёва:] В доме у вас не ахти. [Альберт:] Я это чувствую. [Лёва:] Молодец! [Альберт:] Но мне хочется, чтобы было хорошо (Розов 4). [L.:] Things are not too good at home just now, are they? [A.:] That's what I feel. [L.:] Good lad! [A.:] But I want them to be good (4a).
    2. [adv; foll. by Adv or short-form Adj or Part denoting a positive quality, quantity, or distance]
    ⇒ not very, not especially:
    - not terribly (too, exactly).
         ♦...Пока он [Гладышев] в горнице накачивал и разжигал примус, гость его остался в передней... Чонкин ещё не успел как следует рассмотреть всё, что было в этой комнате, как яичница была готова, и Гладышев позвал его к столу. Здесь было тоже не ахти как убрано, но всё же почище, чем в передней... (Войнович 2). While Gladishev pumped and kindled the primus, his guest remained in the front room....Chonkin had still not managed to have a proper look at everything in the room when the omelet was ready and Gladishev summoned him to the table. The back room too was not particularly tidy, but at least it was a bit cleaner than the front room (2a).
    II
    [AdjP; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. Also: НЕ АХТИ coll [modif (when foll. by NP) or subj-compl with copula, var. with какой - nom or instrum (subj: any common noun); var. не ахти is used as subj-compl only]
    ⇒ not especially good, rather poor:
    - not the best (the greatest, the most brilliant etc) (of...);
    - not much of a...;
    - nothing to rave (to brag, to write home) about.
         ♦ За окном стоял литой монотонный гул. Иссечённое песчаной пылью стекло мерно вибрировало... "Гляди, Коля, что на дворе делается!.. Страсть... Вот заехали, сам не рад будешь..." [Николай] пытался отшутиться... но по всему было видно, что настроение у него тоже не ахти (Максимов 3). From outside there came an unwavering, monotonous howl. The window vibrated rhythmically, lashed by fine sand...."Look what's going on outside, Kolya...it's terrifying....Look where we've landed ourselves-we shall regret it!" Nikolai tried to make a joke of it, although he was obviously not in the best of humor himself (3a).
         ♦ [Андрей:]...Вот вы фотограф; профессия, прямо скажем, не ахти какая, - это и был предел ваших мечтаний? (Розов 1). [A.:]... You are a photographer. It's not exactly the most brilliant profession. Well, is being a photographer the height of your ambition? (la).
         ♦ "Акустика, конечно, не ахти, но ничего, работать можно" (Войнович 4). "Of course the acoustics are nothing to rave about, but it doesn't matter, we'll manage" (4a).
    2. [modif; foll. by Adj denoting a positive quality, quantity, or distance]
    ⇒ not very, not especially:
    - not terribly <too, exactly>.
         ♦ Хотя роль Евдокии, жены Игната Тимофеевича, директорши сельской школы-семилетки, была не ахти какая завидная - очень уж лобовата, ревность, страдания, разговоры поучительные, - но Ляля надеялась всех поразить... (Трифонов 1). Although the role of Yevdokia, Ignat Timofeevich's wife and the principal of the seven-year village elementary school, was not a particularly enviable one - it was terribly overdone, with all sorts of jealousy, sufferings, and didactic conversations-still, Lyalya hoped to impress everyone... (la).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > не ахти

  • 13 características técnicas

    = technical specification, technical features, technical data
    Ex. A technical specification is a document which lays down characteristics of a product or a service such as levels of quality, performance, safety, dimensions.
    Ex. Its technical features include minimum hardware requirements, large database capacity, variable length fields, repeatable fields, subfields, powerful indexing, and rapid searching.
    Ex. The final operator in this group is (g), denoting coordinate concepts: (1) sulphides (g) selenides $v & (g) tellurides (p) thermodynamic properties (6) technical data.
    * * *
    = technical specification, technical features, technical data

    Ex: A technical specification is a document which lays down characteristics of a product or a service such as levels of quality, performance, safety, dimensions.

    Ex: Its technical features include minimum hardware requirements, large database capacity, variable length fields, repeatable fields, subfields, powerful indexing, and rapid searching.
    Ex: The final operator in this group is (g), denoting coordinate concepts: (1) sulphides (g) selenides $v & (g) tellurides (p) thermodynamic properties (6) technical data.

    Spanish-English dictionary > características técnicas

  • 14 गुणवचन


    guṇá-vacana
    n. « word denoting a quality», an attributive, adjective Pāṇ. ;

    mfn. denoting a quality, used as an adjective, IV, 1, 42 Kāṡ.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गुणवचन

  • 15 censeo

    1.
    cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].
    I.
    To tax, assess, rate, estimate.
    A.
    In reference to the census (v. census).
    1.
    Of the censor (v. censor).
    (α).
    Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:

    censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:

    census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:

    censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:

    census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,

    Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:

    sub lustrum censeri,

    id. ib.:

    milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,

    Liv. 1, 44, 2:

    censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,

    id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:

    censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,

    id. 9, 19, 2:

    cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,

    Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—
    (β).
    With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:

    praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,

    being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:

    primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,

    Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;

    and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —
    (γ).
    Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:

    mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,

    the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    quia is censendo finis factus est,

    id. 1, 44, 2:

    civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,

    Vell. 2, 15:

    aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,

    Dig. 50, 15, 3.—
    (δ).
    Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:

    illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,

    are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—
    2.
    Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).
    (α).
    Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;

    erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:

    omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,

    Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—
    (β).
    The persons assessed as subject:

    ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:

    quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,

    ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:

    rusticos censitosque servos vendi,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—
    (γ).
    To determine by the census:

    cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:

    nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,

    Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—
    (δ).
    Act. with acc.:

    vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,

    Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—
    3.
    Of the person assessed, to value, make a statement of one ' s property in the census.
    (α).
    Act. with acc.:

    in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—
    (β).
    Censeri, as dep. with acc.:

    census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—
    4.
    Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).
    B.
    Transf., of things and persons in gen., to value, estimate, rate.
    1.
    By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:

    nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,

    will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—
    2.
    With direct reference to the census.
    a.
    = aestimo, to estimate, weigh, value, appreciate.
    (α).
    With gen. of price:

    dic ergo quanti censes?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—
    (β).
    In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,

    Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:

    interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,

    Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—
    b.
    = honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):

    pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,

    the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:

    hoc domui debes de qua censeris,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—
    c.
    Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):

    hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,

    has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—
    d.
    Censeri aliqua re.
    (α).
    = to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:

    Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,

    when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:

    Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:

    una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 45:

    ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,

    id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:

    et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,

    id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:

    quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,

    is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:

    multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,

    Suet. Gram. 10:

    felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,

    Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:

    hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,

    for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:

    nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),

    Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:

    libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,

    App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,
    (β).
    = to be known by something (Appuleian):

    hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,

    App. M. 8, p. 171:

    nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,

    id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:

    globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,

    which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,
    (γ).
    As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.
    II.
    Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).
    A.
    To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).
    1.
    With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:

    primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,

    id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.

    Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:

    quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,

    Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:

    Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15:

    ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,

    id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:

    ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,

    Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:

    commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,

    Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):

    qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:

    sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),

    Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:

    quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,

    Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:

    hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,

    Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:

    eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:

    cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 32, 2.—
    2.
    With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:

    de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:

    censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 34:

    censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,

    id. Sest. 34, 74:

    quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 2:

    censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,

    Suet. Tib. 17:

    iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),

    id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:

    sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43:

    qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,

    Tac. A. 4, 20.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;

    v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,

    Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—
    4.
    Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:

    dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),

    Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:

    senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—
    5.
    = sententiam dicere, to tell, to express one ' s opinion in the Senate (post-class.).
    (α).
    Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:

    cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,

    id. Dial. 36 fin.:

    sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,

    Suet. Aug. 35:

    igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 74.—
    (β).
    With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:

    per dissensionem diversa censentium,

    of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—
    (γ).
    With interrog. or rel.-clause:

    deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,

    Tac. A. 16, 28:

    cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,

    Sen. Ep. 21, 9.
    B.
    Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):

    eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,

    Cic. Mil. 27, 73:

    eos senatus non censuit redimendos,

    id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:

    senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 21:

    senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,

    Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:

    cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,

    id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—
    b.
    With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:

    de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),

    Liv. 2, 5, 1:

    munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),

    id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):

    eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,

    id. 45, 12, 13:

    cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,

    Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:

    censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,

    Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:

    haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,

    Liv. 27, 5, 14.—

    And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4.—
    2.
    With ut or ne.
    a.
    In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—
    b.
    As related by the historians, etc.:

    quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 35:

    patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,

    Liv. 30, 40, 12:

    senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,

    Suet. Claud. 6;

    so with reference to the civil law,

    Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:

    senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,

    Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:

    filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,

    Liv. 45, 44, 15.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause (very rare):

    senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—
    4.
    With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:

    cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,

    Liv. 31, 7, 14:

    quodcunque vos censueritis,

    id. 34, 7, 15:

    quodpatres censuissent,

    id. 28, 45, 2.—
    5.
    With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):

    nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,

    Tac. A. 3, 57:

    aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,

    id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—
    6.
    With both acc. and dat.
    (α).
    The dat. = against:

    bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,

    Liv. 10, 12, 3.—
    (β).
    The dat. = in behalf of:

    censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,

    Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:

    sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,

    id. ib. 13, 8.
    III.
    Transf.
    A.
    Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    Gerundial:

    erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:

    pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:

    cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,

    Liv. 5, 23, 9:

    nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),

    id. 5, 53, 3:

    ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),

    id. 21, 10, 13:

    ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),

    id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:

    cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,

    Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):

    neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):

    Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,

    Curt. 10, 8, 12.—
    b.
    With ordinary pres. inf.
    (α).
    In place of a gerundial:

    Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—
    (β).
    Denoting opinion about an existing state:

    Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,

    Liv. 27, 20, 6:

    Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,

    Curt. 3, 7, 8.—
    2.
    With ut or ne:

    censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:

    plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 67:

    et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),

    Curt. 4, 11, 12:

    censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—
    3.
    With subj.-clause:

    nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),

    Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—
    4.
    With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:

    ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:

    nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,

    that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—
    5.
    Ellipt.:

    sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:

    ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,

    Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.
    B.
    Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).
    1.
    Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—
    (β).
    With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —
    2.
    Of an order by the people (rare;

    gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),

    Liv. 21, 19, 3.—
    3.
    Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:

    sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:

    censemus ut, etc.,

    ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:

    censemus ne, etc.,

    ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:

    in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.
    C.
    Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).
    1.
    Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:

    ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,

    consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:

    consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:

    sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:

    ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,

    id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:

    sane faciundum censeo,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—
    2.
    With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:

    narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,

    I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:

    exorando sumendam operam censeo,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:

    quid nunc consili captandum censes?

    id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:

    idem tibi censeo faciendum,

    Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:

    quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,

    id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):

    amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—
    3.
    With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:

    tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),

    Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,

    id. Brut. 33, 125:

    tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:

    tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,

    id. Att. 2, 4, 7:

    quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,

    id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:

    censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,

    id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:

    quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:

    cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,

    I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:

    sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:

    ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,

    Liv. 21, 19, 10:

    solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,

    Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:

    Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,

    id. ib. 9, 21, 3:

    vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,

    Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—
    4.
    With an ut-clause (with monere;

    very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—
    5.
    With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:

    quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),

    id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:

    ita faciam ut frater censuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:

    tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:

    quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:

    scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,

    id. Att. 9, 19,4:

    ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,

    id. ib. 10, 15, 3:

    disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.
    D.
    Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).
    1.
    With inf.-clause:

    Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:

    (Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:

    Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,

    id. Div. 1, 38, 81:

    Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:

    Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,

    Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):

    oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:

    M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,

    Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;

    so with debere,

    id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:

    Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:

    (Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,

    id. Sen. 20, 73.—
    2.
    An inf.-clause understood:

    (dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:

    sic enim censuit,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—
    3.
    With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:

    nullo (medico) idem censente,

    Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—
    4.
    With a rel.-clause:

    Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,

    he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—
    5.
    Absol.:

    non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,

    the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.
    E.
    In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).
    1.
    To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).
    a.
    In gen.:

    atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:

    satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,

    id. As. 3, 3, 141:

    nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:

    neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 126:

    saluti quod tibi esse censeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,

    id. 7, 31, 7:

    quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,

    id. 7, 13, 8:

    at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,

    Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—
    b.
    With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:

    censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:

    omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,

    id. Am. prol. 122, 134:

    jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 14:

    ardere censui aedes,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    ego hunc censebam esse te,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:

    non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:

    nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:

    nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,

    id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:

    neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,

    Curt. 8, 14, 42.—
    c.
    Referring to what should take place.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf.-clause:

    navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:

    soli gerundum censeo morem,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 69:

    neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:

    ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,

    Liv. 25, 11, 14.—
    (β).
    With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:

    solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:

    quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:

    rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:

    munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:

    quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,

    App. M. 11, p. 253.—
    (γ).
    By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:

    quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?

    Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:

    si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,

    as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:

    qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,

    who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:

    qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,

    Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;

    senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,

    Liv. 38, 54, 5:

    cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—
    d.
    Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:

    an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?

    Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:

    clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?

    id. Men. 4, 2, 47:

    hicine nos habitare censes?

    id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:

    omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?

    id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:

    adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:

    nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:

    quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:

    quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?

    id. Off. 3, 26, 99:

    an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82:

    an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:

    quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:

    num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—

    Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—
    e.
    With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:

    quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:

    prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);

    once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!

    Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—
    2.
    To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:

    censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,

    Gell. 12, 14, 7.—
    3.
    To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):

    sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—
    4.
    = pu tare, habere, judicare, to consider as, to hold, with two acc., or inf.-clause.
    a.
    With double acc.:

    quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),

    you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:

    auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,

    considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:

    has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,

    Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—
    b.
    In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):

    praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,

    Gell. 3, 3, 3:

    quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),

    are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—
    5.
    To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):

    de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,

    App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:

    censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,

    id. Mag. p. 411.
    2.
    censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > censeo

  • 16 गुण


    guṇá
    m. ( grah Uṇ.) a single thread orﾠ strand of a cord orﾠ twine (e.g.. tri-g- q.v.),

    string orﾠ thread, rope TS. VII Mṛicch. Kum. Ragh. ;
    a garland W. ;
    a bow-string R. III, 33, 16 ( cāpa-) Ragh. IX, 54 Ṛitus. Hit. ;
    (in geom.) a sinew;
    the string of a musical instrument, chord Ṡiṡ. IV, 57:
    ifc. (f. ā) with numerals « fold, times» ( seeﾠ cátur-, tri-, daṡa-, dví-, pañca-;
    rarely the numeral stands by itself along with guṇá <e.g.. viṡishṭodaṡabhirguṇaiḥ, « of ten times higher value» Mn. II, 85 >
    AV. X, 8, 43 MBh. III, 15649 Hariv. 509 ;
    < guṇa = bhāga> Pāṇ. 5-2, 47 Kāṡ.);
    a multiplier, co-efficient (in alg.);
    subdivision, species, kind
    (e.g.. gandhasyaguṇāḥ, the different kinds of smell MBh. XII, 6847);
    the 6 subdivisions of action for a king in foreign politics (viz. peace, war, march, halt, stratagem, andﾠ recourse to the protection of a mightier king) Mn. VII, 160 Yājñ. I, 346 MBh. II, 155 ;
    = upâ̱ya (q.v., denoting the 4 ways of conquering an enemy) R. V, 81, 41 ;
    « requisite» seeﾠ - ṇôpêta;
    a secondary element, subordinate orﾠ unessential part of any action (e.g.. sarva-g- mfn. « reaching to all subordinate parts», hence « valid throughout» KātyṠr.) ṠāṇkhṠr. ĀṡvṠr. KātyṠr. R. V, 1, 71 ;
    an auxiliary act ṠāṇkhBr. XXVI, 4 ;
    a secondary dish (opposed to anna i.e. rice orﾠ the chief dish), side-dish Mn. III, 224 ff. ;
    (= - karman, in Gr.) the secondary orﾠ less immediate object of an action Pāṇ. 1-4, 51 Sch. ;
    a quality, peculiarity, attribute orﾠ property Lāṭy. ṠāṇkhGṛ. Mn. III, IX, etc.. ;
    an attribute of the 5 elements (each of which has its own peculiar quality orﾠ qualities as well as organ of sense;
    thus
    1. ether has ṡabda, orﾠ sound for its Guṇa andﾠ the ear for its organ;
    2. the air has tangibility andﾠ sound for its Guṇas andﾠ the skin for its organ;
    3. fire orﾠ light has shape orﾠ colour, tangibility, andﾠ sound for its Guṇas, andﾠ the eye for its organs;
    4. water has flavour, shape, tangibility, andﾠ sound for its Guṇas, andﾠ the tongue for its organ;
    5. earth has the preceding Guṇas,
    with the addition of its own peculiar Guṇa of smell, andﾠ the nose for its organ)
    Mn. I, 20 and 76-78 MBh. XII, 6846 ff. Ṡak. I, 1 BhP. III, 5, 35 ;
    (in Ṡāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient orﾠ constituent of Prakṛiti, chief quality of all existing beings
    (viz. sattva, rajas, andﾠ tamas
    i.e. goodness, passion, andﾠ darkness, orﾠ virtue, foulness, andﾠ ignorance;
    cf. RTL. pp. 31; 36; 163)
    Mn. I; III, 40; XII, 24 ff. Sāṃkhyak. Bhag. XIII f. ;
    (hence) the number « three» VarBṛS. IIc, 1 ;
    a property orﾠ characteristic of all created things (in Nyāya phil. twenty-four Guṇas are enumerated, viz.
    1. rūpa, shape, colour;
    2. rasa, savour;
    3. gandha, odour;
    4. sparṡa, tangibility;
    5. saṉkhyā, number;
    6. parimāṇa, dimension;
    7. pṛithaktva, severalty;
    8. saṉyoga, conjunction;
    9. vibhāga, disjunction;
    10. paratva, remoteness;
    11. aparatva, proximity;
    12. gurutva, weight;
    13. dravatva, fluidity;
    14. sneha, viscidity;
    15. ṡabda, sound;
    16. buddhi orﾠ jñāna, understanding orﾠ knowledge;
    17. sukha, pleasure;
    18. duḥkha, pain;
    19. icchā, desire;
    20. dvesha, aversion;
    21. prayatna, effort;
    22. dharma, merit orﾠ virtue;
    23. adharma, demerit;
    24. saṉskāra, the self-reproductive quality);
    an epithet KātyṠr. ;
    good quality, virtue, merit, excellence Mn. MBh. etc.;
    the merit of composition (consistency, elegance of expression, etc.) Kāvyâd. I, 41 f. Kpr. VIII Sāh. VIII ;
    the peculiar properties of the letters (11 in number,
    viz. the 8 bāhya-prayatnās <q.v.> andﾠ the 3 accents) Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 and 50 (cf. - mātra);
    the first gradation of a vowel, the vowels a (with ar, al Pāṇ. 1-1, 51),
    e, o Nir. X, 17 RPrāt. XI, 6 Pāṇ. ;
    an organ of sense L. ;
    a cook (cf. - kāra) L. ;
    Bhīma-sena (cf. - kāra) L. ;
    (ā) f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L. ;
    the plant māṉsarohiṇī L. ;
    N. of a princess Rājat. IV, 695 (cf. nir-, vi-, sa-;
    gauṇa.)
    - गुणकरण्डव्यूह
    - गुणकरी
    - गुणकर्मन्
    - गुणकार
    - गुणकारक
    - गुणकिरणावली
    - गुणकिरी
    - गुणकीर्तन
    - गुणकृत्य
    - गुणकेतु
    - गुणकेशी
    - गुणक्री
    - गुणगण
    - गुणगान
    - गुणगृध्नु
    - गुणगृह्य
    - गुणग्रहण
    - गुणग्रहीतृ
    - गुणग्राम
    - गुणग्राहक
    - गुणग्राहिन्
    - गुणघातिन्
    - गुणचन्द्र
    - गुणच्छेद
    - गुणज्ञ
    - गुणतन्त्र
    - गुणतस्
    - गुणता
    - गुणत्यागिन्
    - गुणत्रय
    - गुणत्रितय
    - गुणत्व
    - गुणदीधितिटिप्पनी
    - गुणदीधितिटिका
    - गुणदीपक
    - गुणदेव
    - गुणदोष
    - गुणधर
    - गुणधर्म
    - गुणनिधि
    - गुणपदी
    - गुणपालित
    - गुणपूग
    - गुणप्रकर्ष
    - गुणप्रकाशदीधितिमाथुरी
    - गुणप्रकाशविवृति
    - गुणप्रभ
    - गुणप्रिय
    - गुणबद्ध
    - गुणभद्र
    - गुणभाज्
    - गुणभिन्न
    - गुणभुज्
    - गुणभूत
    - गुणभेदतस्
    - गुणभोक्तृ
    - गुणभ्रंश
    - गुणमत
    - गुणमति
    - गुणमय
    - गुणमहत्
    - गुणमात्र
    - गुणमुख्या
    - गुणयुक्त
    - गुणयोग
    - गुणरत्न
    - गुणराग
    - गुणराजप्रभास
    - गुणराशि
    - गुणर्द्ध
    - गुणलक्षण
    - गुणलयनिका
    - गुणलयनी
    - गुणलेशसुखद
    - गुणलुब्ध
    - गुणवचन
    - गुणवत्
    - गुणवर्णन
    - गुणवर्तिन्
    - गुणवर्मन्
    - गुणवाचक
    - गुणवाद
    - गुणवादिन्
    - गुणविध
    - गुणविवेचन
    - गुणविशेष
    - गुणविष्णु
    - गुणविस्तर
    - गुणवृक्ष
    - गुणवृक्षक
    - गुणवृत्ति
    - गुणवृद्धी
    - गुणवेदिन्
    - गुणवैचित्र्य
    - गुणवैशेष्य
    - गुणव्रत
    - गुणशत
    - गुणशब्द
    - गुणशिल
    - गुणशील
    - गुणश्लाघा
    - गुणसंयुक्त
    - गुणसंस्कार
    - गुणसंकीर्तन
    - गुणसंख्यान
    - गुणसङ्ग
    - गुणसंग्रह
    - गुणसमुद्र
    - गुणसम्पद्
    - गुणसम्पन्न
    - गुणसागर
    - गुणसुन्दर
    - गुणस्तुति
    - गुणस्थानप्रकरण
    - गुणहानि
    - गुणहीन

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गुण

  • 17 of

    preposition

    a friend of mine/the vicar's — ein Freund von mir/des Pfarrers

    it's no business of theirs — es geht sie nichts an

    where's that pencil of mine? — wo ist mein Bleistift?

    within a mile of the centre — nicht weiter als eine Meile vom Zentrum entfernt

    it was clever of you to do that — es war klug von dir, das zu tun

    be made of... — aus... [hergestellt] sein

    5) (indicating closer definition, identity, or contents)

    the city of Chicago — die Stadt Chicago

    increase of 10 % — Zuwachs/Erhöhung von zehn Prozent

    battle of Hastings — Schlacht von od. bei Hastings

    your letter of 2 January — Ihr Brief vom 2. Januar

    be of value/interest to — von Nutzen/von Interesse od. interessant sein für

    the whole of... — der/die/das ganze...

    well, what of it? — (asked as reply) na und?

    7) (indicating objective relation)

    his love of his father — seine Liebe zu seinem Vater

    he of all men — (most unsuitably) ausgerechnet er; (especially) gerade er

    of an evening — (coll.) abends

    * * *
    [əv]
    1) (belonging to: a friend of mine.) von
    2) (away from (a place etc); after (a given time): within five miles of London; within a year of his death.) von
    3) (written etc by: the plays of Shakespeare.) von
    4) (belonging to or forming a group: He is one of my friends.) von
    5) (showing: a picture of my father.) von
    6) (made from; consisting of: a dress of silk; a collection of pictures.) aus
    7) (used to show an amount, measurement of something: a gallon of petrol; five bags of coal.) mit
    8) (about: an account of his work.) von
    9) (containing: a box of chocolates.) mit
    10) (used to show a cause: She died of hunger.) an
    11) (used to show a loss or removal: She was robbed of her jewels.) Genitiv
    12) (used to show the connection between an action and its object: the smoking of a cigarette.) Genitiv
    13) (used to show character, qualities etc: a man of courage.) mit
    14) ((American) (of time) a certain number of minutes before (the hour): It's ten minutes of three.) vor
    * * *
    of
    [ɒv, əv, AM ɑ:v, əv]
    1. after n (belonging to) von + dat
    people \of this island Menschen von dieser Insel
    the language \of this country die Sprache dieses Landes
    the cause \of the disease die Krankheitsursache
    the colour \of her hair ihre Haarfarbe
    the government \of India die indische Regierung
    a friend \of mine ein Freund von mir
    smoking is the worst habit \of mine Rauchen ist meine schlimmste Angewohnheit
    this revolting dog \of hers ihr widerlicher Hund
    the smell \of roses Rosenduft m
    2. after n (expressing relationship) von + dat
    an admirer \of Picasso ein Bewunderer Picassos
    3. after n (expressing a whole's part) von + dat
    five \of her seven kids are boys fünf ihrer sieben Kinder sind Jungen
    there were ten \of us on the trip wir waren auf der Reise zu zehnt
    nine \of the children came to the show neun Kinder kamen zur Vorstellung
    can you please give me more \of the beans? könntest du mir noch etwas von den Bohnen geben?
    I don't want to hear any more \of that! ich will nichts mehr davon hören!
    he's the best-looking \of the three brothers er sieht von den drei Brüdern am besten aus
    a third \of the people ein Drittel der Leute
    the whole \of the garden der ganze Garten
    the best \of friends die besten Freunde
    the days \of the week die Wochentage
    all \of us wir alle
    all \of us were tired wir waren alle müde
    \of all von allen
    best \of all, I liked the green one am besten gefiel mir der grüne
    that \of all his films is my favourite er gefällt mir von allen seinen Filmen am besten
    both \of us wir beide
    most \of them die meisten von ihnen
    one \of the cleverest eine(r) der Schlauesten
    he's one \of the smartest \of the smart er ist einer der Klügsten unter den Klugen
    a bunch \of parsley ein Bund Petersilie nt
    a clove \of garlic eine Knoblauchzehe
    a cup \of tea eine Tasse Tee
    a drop \of rain ein Regentropfen
    hundreds \of people Hunderte von Menschen
    a kilo \of apples ein Kilo Äpfel nt
    a litre \of water ein Liter Wasser m
    a lot \of money eine Menge Geld
    a piece \of cake ein Stück Kuchen
    a pride \of lions ein Rudel Löwen [o Löwenrudel] nt
    5. after vb (consisting of) aus + dat
    the sweater is made \of the finest lambswool der Pullover ist aus feinster Schafwolle
    a land \of ice and snow ein Land aus Eis und Schnee
    dresses \of lace and silk Kleider aus Spitze und Seide
    a house \of stone ein Steinhaus, ein Haus aus Stein
    6. after n (containing) mit + dat
    a book \of short stories ein Buch mit Kurzgeschichten
    7. after adj (done by) von + dat
    that was stupid \of me das war dumm von mir
    8. after n (done to)
    the massacre \of hundreds \of innocent people das Massaker an Hunderten von Menschen
    the destruction \of the rain forest die Zerstörung des Regenwalds
    9. after n (suffered by) von + dat
    the anguish \of the murdered child's parents die Qualen der Eltern des ermordeten Kindes
    the suffering \of millions das Leiden von Millionen
    to die \of sth an etw dat sterben
    he died \of cancer er starb an Krebs
    \of one's own free will aus freien Stücken, freiwillig
    \of oneself von selbst
    she would never do such a thing \of herself so etwas würde sie nie von alleine tun
    the works \of Shakespeare die Werke Shakespeares
    she is \of noble birth sie ist adliger Abstammung
    12. after vb (concerning)
    we will notify you \of any further changes wir werden Sie über alle Änderungen informieren
    he was accused \of fraud er wurde wegen Betrugs angeklagt
    I know \of a guy who could fix that for you ich kenne jemanden, der das für dich reparieren kann
    \of her childhood, we know very little wir wissen nur sehr wenig über ihre Kindheit
    let's not speak \of this matter lass uns nicht über die Sache reden
    speaking \of sb/sth,... wo [o da] wir gerade von jdm/etw sprechen,...
    speaking \of time, do you have a watch on? da wir gerade von der Zeit reden, hast du eine Uhr?
    she's often unsure \of herself sie ist sich ihrer selbst oft nicht sicher
    I'm really appreciative \of all your help ich bin dir für all deine Hilfe wirklich dankbar
    he was worthy \of the medal er hatte die Medaille verdient
    I am certain \of that ich bin mir dessen sicher
    this is not uncharacteristic \of them das ist für sie nichts Ungewöhnliches
    to be afraid \of sb/sth vor jdm/etw Angst haben
    to be fond \of swimming gerne schwimmen
    to be jealous \of sb auf jdn eifersüchtig sein
    to be sick \of sth etw satthaben, von etw dat genug haben
    there was no warning \of the danger es gab keine Warnung vor der Gefahr
    he has a love \of music er liebt die Musik
    he's a doctor \of medicine er ist Doktor der Medizin
    the idea \of a just society die Idee einer gerechten Gesellschaft
    the memories \of her school years die Erinnerungen an ihre Schuljahre
    the pain \of separation der Trennungsschmerz
    it's a problem \of space das ist ein Raumproblem
    his promises \of loyalty seine Treueversprechen
    to be in search \of sb/sth auf der Suche nach jdm/etw sein
    she's in search \of a man sie sucht einen Mann
    thoughts \of revenge Rachegedanken pl
    ▪ what \of sb? was ist mit jdm?
    and what \of Adrian? was macht eigentlich Adrian?
    what \of it? was ist schon dabei?, na und?
    on the point [or verge] \of doing sth kurz davor [o im Begriff] sein, etw zu tun
    I'm on the point \of telling him off ich werde ihn jetzt gleich rausschmeißen
    14. after n (expressing position) von + dat
    in the back \of the car hinten im Auto
    the zipper was on the back \of the dress der Reißverschluss war hinten am Kleid
    on the corner \of the street an der Straßenecke
    on the left \of the picture links auf dem Bild
    a lake north/south \of the city ein See im Norden/Süden der Stadt
    I've never been north \of Edinburgh ich war noch nie nördlich von Edinburgh
    on the top \of his head [oben] auf seinem Kopf
    15. after n (with respect to scale) von + dat
    a rise \of 2% in inflation ein Inflationsanstieg von 2 Prozent
    the stocks experienced an average rise \of 5% die Aktien sind im Durchschnitt um 5 % gestiegen
    16. (expressing age) von + dat
    at the age \of six im Alter von sechs Jahren
    he's a man \of about 50 er ist um die 50 Jahre alt
    17. after n (denoting example of category)
    I hate this kind \of party ich hasse diese Art von Party
    the city \of Prague die Stadt Prag
    18. after n (typical of)
    she has the face \of an angel sie hat ein Gesicht wie ein Engel
    the grace \of a dancer die Anmut einer Tänzerin
    the love \of a good woman die Liebe einer guten Frau
    she gave a scream \of terror sie stieß einen Schrei des Entsetzens aus
    a man \of honour ein Mann von Ehre
    a moment \of silence ein Moment m der Stille
    I want a few minutes \of quiet! ich will ein paar Minuten Ruhe!
    a subject \of very little interest ein sehr wenig beachtetes Thema
    a woman \of great charm and beauty eine Frau von großer Wärme und Schönheit
    20. after n (away from) von + dat
    we live within a mile \of the city centre wir wohnen eine Meile vom Stadtzentrum entfernt
    she came within two seconds \of beating the world record sie hat den Weltrekord nur um zwei Sekunden verfehlt
    21. after n (in time phrases)
    I got married back in June \of 1957 ich habe im Juni 1957 geheiratet
    the eleventh \of March der elfte März
    the first \of the month der erste [Tag] des Monats
    the most memorable events \of the past decade die wichtigsten Ereignisse des letzten Jahrzehnts
    22. after vb (expressing removal)
    they were robbed \of all their savings ihnen wurden alle Ersparnisse geraubt
    I've him \of that nasty little habit ich habe ihm diese dumme Angewohnheit abgewöhnt
    his mother had deprived him \of love seine Mutter hat ihm ihre Liebe vorenthalten
    to get rid \of sb jdn loswerden
    the room was devoid \of all furnishings der Raum war ganz ohne Möbel
    free \of charge kostenlos, SCHWEIZ, ÖSTERR meist gratis
    23. after n (apposition) von + dat
    this complete idiot \of a man dieser Vollidiot
    the month \of June der Monat Juni
    the name \of Brown der Name Brown
    24. ( dated: during) an + dat
    she died \of a Sunday morning sie starb an einem Sonntagmorgen
    I like to relax with my favourite book \of an evening ich entspanne mich abends gerne mit meinem Lieblingsbuch
    \of late in letzter Zeit
    25. AM (to) vor
    it's quarter \of five es ist viertel vor fünf [o BRD drei viertel fünf
    26.
    ▶ \of all gerade
    Jane, \of all people, is the last one I'd expect to see at the club gerade Jane ist die letzte, die ich in dem Klub erwartet hätte
    I can't understand why you live in Ireland, \of all places ich kann nicht verstehen, warum du ausgerechnet in Irland lebst
    today \of all days ausgerechnet heute
    ▶ \of all the cheek [or nerve] das ist doch die Höhe!
    ▶ to be \of sth:
    she is \of the opinion that doctors are only out to experiment sie glaubt, Ärzte möchten nur herumexperimentieren
    this work is \of great interest and value diese Arbeit ist sehr wichtig und wertvoll
    * * *
    [ɒv, əv]
    prep
    1) (indicating possession or relation) von (+dat), use of gen

    the wife of the doctor — die Frau des Arztes, die Frau vom Arzt

    a friend of ours — ein Freund/eine Freundin von uns

    a painting of the Queen — ein Gemälde nt der or von der Königin

    the first of the month — der Erste (des Monats), der Monatserste

    it is very kind of you —

    it was nasty of him to say that — es war gemein von ihm, das zu sagen

    2)

    (indicating separation in space or time) south of Paris — südlich von Paris

    3)

    (indicating cause) he died of poison/cancer — er starb an Gift/Krebs

    he died of hunger — er verhungerte, er starb hungers

    4)

    (indicating deprivation, riddance) he was cured of the illness — er wurde von der Krankheit geheilt

    dress made of wool — Wollkleid nt, Kleid nt aus Wolle

    6)

    (indicating quality, identity etc) house of ten rooms — Haus nt mit zehn Zimmern

    man of courage — mutiger Mensch, Mensch m mit Mut

    girl of ten — zehnjähriges Mädchen, Mädchen nt von zehn Jahren

    7)

    (objective genitive) fear of God — Gottesfurcht f

    he is a leader of men —

    8)

    (subjective genitive) love of God for man — Liebe Gottes zu den Menschen

    9)

    (partitive genitive) the whole of the house — das ganze Haus

    there were six of us — wir waren zu sechst, wir waren sechs

    he asked the six of us to lunch — er lud uns sechs zum Mittagessen ein

    the bravest of the brave —

    he drank of the wine (liter) — er trank von dem Weine (liter)

    10)

    (= concerning) what do you think of him? — was halten Sie von ihm?

    11) (obs, liter

    = by) forsaken of men — von allen verlassen

    12)

    (in temporal phrases) he's become very quiet of late — er ist letztlich or seit Neuestem so ruhig geworden

    * * *
    of [ɒv; əv; US əv; ɑv] präp
    1. allg von
    the tail of the dog der Schwanz des Hundes;
    the tail of a dog der oder ein Hundeschwanz;
    the folly of his action die Dummheit seiner Handlung
    3. Ort: bei:
    4. Entfernung, Trennung, Befreiung:
    a) von:
    south of London südlich von London;
    within ten miles of London im Umkreis von 10 Meilen um London;
    cure (rid) of sth von etwas heilen (befreien)
    b) (gen) he was robbed of his wallet er wurde seiner Brieftasche beraubt, ihm wurde die Brieftasche geraubt
    c) um:
    5. Herkunft: von, aus:
    of good family aus einer guten Familie;
    Mr X of London Mr. X aus London
    6. Teil: von oder gen:
    a friend of mine ein Freund von mir, einer meiner Freunde;
    that red nose of his seine rote Nase
    7. Eigenschaft: von, mit:
    a man of courage ein mutiger Mann, ein Mann mit Mut;
    a man of no importance ein unbedeutender Mensch;
    a fool of a man ein (ausgemachter) Narr
    8. Stoff: aus, von:
    a dress of silk ein Kleid aus oder von Seide, ein Seidenkleid;
    (made) of steel aus Stahl (hergestellt), stählern, Stahl…
    9. Urheberschaft, Art und Weise: von:
    of o.s. von selbst, von sich aus;
    he has a son of his first marriage er hat einen Sohn aus erster Ehe
    10. Ursache, Grund:
    a) von, an (dat):
    die of cancer an Krebs sterben
    b) aus:
    c) vor (dat): → academic.ru/1052/afraid">afraid
    d) auf (akk):
    e) über (akk):
    f) nach:
    11. Beziehung: hinsichtlich (gen):
    it is true of every case das trifft in jedem Fall zu
    12. Thema:
    a) von, über (akk):
    b) an (akk):
    13. Apposition, im Deutschen nicht ausgedrückt:
    a) the city of London die Stadt London;
    the month of April der Monat April
    b) Maß:
    a piece of meat ein Stück Fleisch
    a) zu:
    b) vor (dat): → fear A 3
    c) bei:
    an audience of the king eine Audienz beim König
    15. Zeit:
    a) umg an (dat), in (dat):
    of an evening eines Abends;
    of late years in den letzten Jahren
    b) von:
    your letter of March 3rd Ihr Schreiben vom 3. März
    * * *
    preposition
    1) (indicating belonging, connection, possession)

    a friend of mine/the vicar's — ein Freund von mir/des Pfarrers

    3) (indicating origin, cause)

    it was clever of you to do that — es war klug von dir, das zu tun

    be made of... — aus... [hergestellt] sein

    5) (indicating closer definition, identity, or contents)

    increase of 10 % — Zuwachs/Erhöhung von zehn Prozent

    battle of Hastings — Schlacht von od. bei Hastings

    your letter of 2 January — Ihr Brief vom 2. Januar

    be of value/interest to — von Nutzen/von Interesse od. interessant sein für

    the whole of... — der/die/das ganze...

    6) (indicating concern, reference)

    well, what of it? — (asked as reply) na und?

    8) (indicating description, quality, condition)
    9) (indicating classification, selection) von

    he of all men — (most unsuitably) ausgerechnet er; (especially) gerade er

    of an evening — (coll.) abends

    * * *
    prep.
    aus präp.
    von präp.
    vor präp.
    über präp.

    English-german dictionary > of

  • 18 in

    1.
    in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
    I.
    With abl.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):

    aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,

    Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:

    alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,

    id. Brut. 43, 161:

    qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,

    id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:

    facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,

    id. ib.:

    T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:

    quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 97:

    in foro palam Syracusis,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:

    plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 35:

    tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,

    Cic. Mil. 6, 15:

    in via fornicata,

    Liv. 22, 36:

    vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,

    Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:

    in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 16:

    nupta in domo,

    Liv. 6, 34, 9:

    copias in castris continent,

    in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:

    cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,

    Quint. 11, 3, 130:

    se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,

    Liv. 5, 40, 10:

    malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,

    Cic. Att. 4, 10:

    sedere in solio,

    id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:

    Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,

    id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —

    Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:

    heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:

    navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,

    Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:

    complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 18:

    caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,

    Quint. 12, 10, 24:

    in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,

    Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
    2.
    In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):

    in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 3:

    Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:

    peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,

    id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:

    in perditis et desperatis,

    id. ib. 13, 56, 1:

    omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,

    id. de Sen. 19, 71:

    dolor in maximis malis ducitur,

    id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:

    justissimus unus in Teucris,

    Verg. A. 2, 426:

    cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,

    Liv. 27, 12, 16:

    in diis et feminae sunt,

    Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
    3.
    Of analogous relations of place or position:

    sedere in equo,

    on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:

    quid legati in equis,

    id. Pis. 25, 60:

    sedere in leone,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:

    in eo flumine pons erat,

    on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    in herboso Apidano,

    on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:

    in digitis,

    on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:

    castra in limite locat,

    on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:

    ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,

    on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:

    oleae in arbore,

    Cels. 2, 24:

    Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,

    among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:

    in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,

    Liv. 25, 16, 7:

    in juvenibus,

    Quint. 11, 1, 32:

    nutus in mutis pro sermone est,

    id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:

    in veste candida,

    Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:

    in calceis,

    id. 24, 38, 2:

    in insignibus,

    id. 5, 41, 2:

    in tunicis albis,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:

    in Persico et vulgari habitu,

    Curt. 3, 3, 4:

    in lugubri veste,

    id. 10, 5, 17:

    in Tyriis,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297:

    in Cois,

    id. ib. v. 298; cf.:

    homines in catenis Romam mittere,

    Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:

    duas legiones in armis,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:

    in armis hostis,

    under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:

    quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,

    in oculis provinciae,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:

    in oculis omnium,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 7:

    divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,

    Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:

    Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,

    Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):

    in populorum institutis aut legibus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:

    in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,

    id. Fat. 1, 1:

    in Timaeo dicit,

    id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:

    epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,

    Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:

    perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:

    in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,

    Cic. Or. 71, 234:

    in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:

    libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,

    Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:

    philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:

    quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,

    id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:

    rem habere in manibus,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:

    neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,

    in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:

    postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,

    Liv. 32, 24, 2:

    quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:

    inter manus),

    Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,

    quorum epistulas in manu teneo,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:

    in manu poculum tenens,

    id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:

    coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,

    Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:

    in animo esse,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 11:

    in animo habere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    lex est ratio insita in natura,

    id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:

    in memoria sedere,

    id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:

    tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,

    Luc. 1, 247:

    quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!

    Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:

    erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,

    Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:

    in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,

    id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:

    si quid artis in medicis est,

    Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:

    nibil esse in morte timendum,

    Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:

    in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,

    quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,

    Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,

    Liv. 30, 19, 3:

    cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,

    id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
    B.
    In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:

    feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,

    in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:

    in tempore hoc,

    Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:

    in hoc tempore,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    in tali tempore,

    Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:

    in diebus paucis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:

    in brevi spatio,

    id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    in qua aetate,

    Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:

    in ea aetate,

    Liv. 1, 57:

    in omni aetate,

    Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:

    in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,

    in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):

    nihil in vita se simile fecisse,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:

    in tota vita inconstans,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
    b.
    In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:

    ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,

    Liv. 33, 5:

    spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,

    id. 2, 47:

    rebellaturi,

    Tac. A. 12, 50:

    atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
    c.
    In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:

    sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:

    vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,

    id. ib. 5, 35, 100:

    id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,

    Liv. 21, 37:

    haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,

    for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
    d.
    With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:

    fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:

    vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,

    id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:

    quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,

    id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,

    in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:

    in excidenda Numantia,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,

    id. Or. 21, 74.—
    C.
    In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:

    qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:

    se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,

    id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:

    Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,

    id. Clu. 8, 25.—

    So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 31:

    torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?

    Liv. 23, 9, 7:

    hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:

    in metu,

    Tac. A. 14, 43:

    in voluptate,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:

    alicui in amore esse,

    beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    alicui in amoribus esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 12:

    res in invidia erat,

    Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:

    num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?

    in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:

    mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,

    even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—

    So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:

    similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,

    Curt. 5, 5, 23:

    in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,

    Quint. 9, 4, 8:

    agi in judiciis,

    id. 11, 1, 78:

    tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    in actione... dicere,

    Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:

    in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,

    Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:

    in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,

    Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):

    in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,

    Cic. Brut, 43, 160:

    qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,

    is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:

    etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,

    is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:

    an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,

    id. Or. 61, 205:

    Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,

    on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:

    et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 5;

    but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,

    in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:

    horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,

    in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:

    quod mihi in parte verum videtur,

    Quint. 2, 8, 6:

    patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,

    id. 5, 7, 22:

    hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,

    in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    in furibus aerarii,

    Sall. C. 52, 12:

    Achilles talis in hoste fuit,

    Verg. A. 2, 540:

    in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,

    in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:

    suspectus et in morte matris fuit,

    Suet. Vit. 14:

    qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,

    Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:

    non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,

    Quint. 9, 3, 36:

    aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,

    id. 9, 3, 69:

    Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,

    Gell. 1, 22, 15:

    stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,

    Charis. 1, 18, 39:

    semper in significatione ea hortus,

    Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
    2.
    In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:

    cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,

    Liv. 3, 8, 9:

    adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,

    id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:

    in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,

    id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:

    dum in dubiost animus,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:

    in integro esse,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:

    in incerto esse,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    in obvio esse,

    id. 37, 23, 1:

    in tuto esse,

    id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:

    videre te in tuto,

    Cat. 30, 6:

    in aequo esse,

    Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:

    in expedito esse,

    Curt. 4, 2, 22:

    in proximo esse,

    Quint. 1, 3, 4:

    in aperto esse,

    Sall. C. 5, 3:

    in promisco esse,

    Liv. 7, 17, 7:

    in augusto esse,

    Cels. 5, 27, 2:

    in incerto haberi,

    Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:

    in levi habitum,

    id. H. 2, 21; cf.:

    in incerto relinquere,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
    II.
    With acc.
    A.
    In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;

    v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19:

    in Ephesum advenit,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:

    in Epirum venire,

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:

    ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;

    non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:

    se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,

    id. Rep. 2, 19:

    remigrare in domum veterem e nova,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:

    cum in sua rura venerunt,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:

    a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,

    id. Fam. 15, 9:

    in Ubios legatos mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,

    Sall. J. 75, 1:

    Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,

    Liv. 3, 58, 1:

    abire in exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:

    cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,

    Tac. A. 4, 56:

    nuntiatur in castra,

    Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:

    allatis in castra nuntiis,

    Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:

    iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:

    Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,

    Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):

    in crimen populo ponere,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:

    ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 19:

    duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,

    Liv. 29, 19, 7:

    prius me collocavi in arborem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:

    sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:

    in caelum ascendere,

    Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:

    filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,

    id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:

    tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,

    up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:

    Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,

    Ov. M. 1, 113:

    in flumen deicere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
    2.
    Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,

    Cels. 2, 3:

    Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,

    Tac. Agr. 10:

    in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,

    Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:

    castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,

    towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:

    in Galliam versus movere,

    Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:

    si in urbem versus venturi erant,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
    3.
    So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):

    in memoriam reducere,

    Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:

    in animum inducere,

    Liv. 27, 9:

    in mentem venire,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3:

    frequens imitatio transit in mores,

    Quint. 1, 11, 3. —

    Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
    B.
    In time, into, till, for:

    dormiet in lucem,

    into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:

    statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,

    Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:

    in multam noctem luxit,

    Suet. Tib. 74:

    si febris in noctem augetur,

    Cels. 7, 27:

    dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:

    indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,

    for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:

    nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,

    forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:

    ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,

    for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,

    id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:

    subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,

    id. Mil. 9, 24:

    solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,

    for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:

    postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,

    Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:

    seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,

    Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:

    neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,

    Quint. 12, 11, 20:

    in illum usque diem servati,

    id. 8, 3, 68:

    in serum usque patente cubiculo,

    Suet. Oth. 11:

    regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,

    Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:

    sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:

    res dilata est in posterum,

    id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:

    video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,

    id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,

    Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:

    ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,

    id. 30, 17, 1:

    effugis in futurum,

    Tac. H. 1, 71:

    quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:

    oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,

    id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:

    quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,

    Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):

    sensit miles in tempus conficta,

    Tac. A. 1, 37:

    ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,

    id. ib. 6, 11:

    scaena in tempus structa,

    id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:

    nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,

    Liv. 22, 40, 8:

    rapto in diem frumento,

    id. 4, 10, 1;

    but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,

    i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:

    vitium in dies crescit,

    Vell. 2, 5, 2:

    in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,

    Cic. Att. 5, 7:

    qui senescat in dies,

    Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:

    nos in diem vivimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    in diem et horam,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;

    and in horas,

    hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
    C.
    In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:

    id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,

    about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,

    id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:

    cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:

    quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,

    towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:

    in liberos nostros indulgentia,

    id. ib. 2, 40, 168:

    de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,

    id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:

    in dominum quaeri,

    to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:

    in eos impetum facere,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    invehi in Thebanos,

    Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:

    quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,

    id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:

    num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?

    Liv. 7, 6, 11:

    vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,

    to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:

    si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:

    in puppim rediere rates,

    Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:

    sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,

    to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:

    se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,

    Liv. 21, 42, 2:

    quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,

    Tac. A. 11, 6:

    haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:

    Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,

    Liv. 28, 28; so,

    datae in praesidium cohortes,

    Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:

    haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,

    id. Att. 2, 22:

    qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:

    in utramque partem disputat,

    on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:

    facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,

    id. Off. 2, 13, 46:

    cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,

    in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:

    miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,

    id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:

    senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,

    Liv. 5, 15, 4;

    also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,

    Sall. C. 12, 3:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,

    id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:

    senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,

    Liv. 30, 43, 9:

    pax data Philippo in has leges est,

    id. 33, 30:

    Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:

    quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,

    Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,

    id. Font. 5, 9:

    extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,

    a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:

    Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,

    id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:

    Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),

    Tac. A. 2, 67.—
    2.
    Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:

    non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:

    neglegentior in patrem,

    Just. 32, 3, 1:

    in quem omnes intenderat curas,

    Curt. 3, 1, 21:

    quos ardere in proelia vidi,

    Verg. A. 2, 347:

    in bellum ardentes,

    Manil. 4, 220:

    nutante in fugam exercitu,

    Flor. 3, 10, 4:

    in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),

    Liv. 21, 43, 7:

    certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,

    id. 21, 45, 4:

    in id sors dejecta,

    id. 21, 42, 2:

    in id fide accepta,

    id. 28, 17, 9:

    in spem pacis solutis animis,

    id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:

    ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 17, 63:

    nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 16, 3:

    alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?

    Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:

    in obsequium plus aequo pronus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:

    paratus in res novas,

    Tac. H. 4, 32:

    in utrumque paratus,

    Verg. A. 2, 61.—
    3.
    Of the result of an act or effort:

    denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,

    Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:

    portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,

    id. ib. 3, 533:

    populum in obsequia principum formavit,

    Just. 3, 2, 9:

    omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,

    Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:

    commutari ex veris in falsa,

    Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:

    in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,

    Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
    4.
    Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;

    Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,

    Liv. 39, 26, 12:

    pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,

    id. 28, 21, 4:

    quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,

    id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:

    oratio habita in sexus honorem,

    Quint. 1, 1, 6:

    convivium in honorem victoriae,

    id. 11, 2, 12:

    in honorem Quadratillae,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:

    in honorem tuum,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
    5.
    In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;

    opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:

    si in rem est Bacchidis,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:

    hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,

    Liv. 26, 44, 7:

    cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,

    id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:

    in rem fore credens universos adpellare,

    Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:

    in duas res magnas id usui fore,

    Liv. 37, 15, 7:

    in hos usus,

    Verg. A. 4, 647.—
    6.
    To form adverbial expressions:

    non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,

    in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:

    terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,

    Tac. G. 5:

    in universum aestimanti, etc.,

    id. ib. 6:

    aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),

    wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:

    in plenum dici potest, etc.,

    fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:

    Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,

    beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:

    aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,

    for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:

    in deterius,

    Tac. A. 14, 43:

    in mollius,

    id. ib. 14, 39:

    quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),

    Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:

    aucto in barbarum cognomento,

    id. H. 5, 2:

    priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,

    while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:

    nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,

    so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:

    quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:

    viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,

    Vell. 2, 43, 4:

    quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,

    Ov. M. 11, 71:

    meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,

    in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:

    ut simul in omnia paremur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 25:

    in antecessum dare,

    beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
    7.
    Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:

    quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:

    ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,

    Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:

    eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 17:

    neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,

    Quint. 6, 2, 29:

    numero mihi in mentem fuit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:

    ecquid in mentem est tibi?

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:

    nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,

    Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:

    M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,

    put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:

    reliquos in custodiam habitos,

    Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:

    pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
    III.
    In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
    2.
    in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in

  • 19 В-390

    ВЕСЬ ВЫШЕЛ coll VP past only often used as part of the statement Был (...), да весь вышел fixed WO
    1. (subj: human or animal ( usu. omitted)) one no longer possesses some ( usu. positive) quality that he once possessed (said of a person whose energy has been spent, talent has gone unrealized or been used up, beauty has faded etc): (one's talent (creativity, energy etc)) is all gone
    one has lost (his spark (spunk, sense of humor etc)) (in response to the interlocutor's remark stating that a person possesses or used to possess a certain quality) not anymore there's none of that left now.
    «Твой дядя очень изменился. Раньше он был бодрым, энергичным». - «Был, да весь вышел». "Your uncle has really changed. He used to be upbeat and energetic." "Used to be, but not anymore."
    2. ( subj: concr, usu. a noun denoting an appliance, machine, gadget etc) sth. no longer functions ( usu. from long use)
    X весь вышел — X died
    X is no more.

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > В-390

  • 20 весь вышел

    [VP; past only; often used as part of the statement Был (...), да весь вышел; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human or animal (usu. omitted)]
    ⇒ one no longer possesses some (usu. positive) quality that he once possessed (said of a person whose energy has been spent, talent has gone unrealized or been used up, beauty has faded etc):
    - (one's talent <creativity, energy etc>) is all gone;
    - one has lost (his spark <spunk, sense of humor etc >);
    - [in response to the interlocutor's remark stating that a person possesses or used to possess a certain quality] not anymore;
    - there's none of that left now.
         ♦ "Твой дядя очень изменился. Раньше он был бодрым, энергичным". - "Был, да весь вышел". "Your uncle has really changed. He used to be upbeat and energetic." "Used to be, but not anymore."
    2. [subj: concr, usu. a noun denoting an appliance, machine, gadget etc]
    ⇒ sth. no longer functions (usu. from long use):
    - X весь вышел≈ X died;
    - X is no more.

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > весь вышел

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Quality control and genetic algorithms — In engineering and manufacturing, quality control is involved in developing systems to ensure products or services are designed and produced to meet or exceed customer requirements. Genetic algorithms are search techniques, used in computing to… …   Wikipedia

  • Nintendo Seal of Quality — The Nintendo Seal of Quality (currently Official Nintendo Seal in NTSC regions) is a gold seal first used by Nintendo of America, and later Nintendo of Europe, displayed on any game licensed for use on one of its video game consoles, denoting the …   Wikipedia

  • -ity — suffix forming nouns denoting: 1 quality or condition (authority; humility; purity). 2 an instance or degree of this (a monstrosity; humidity). Etymology: from or after F iteacute f. L itas itatis * * * əd.ē, ətē, i; when s, less often when r,… …   Useful english dictionary

  • -ty — ty1 a suffix of numerals denoting multiples of ten: twenty; thirty. [ME; OE tig; c. OFris tich, G zig, ON tigr, Goth tigjus] ty2 a suffix occurring in nouns of Latin origin, denoting quality, state, etc.: unity; enmity. [ME te(e) < OF te(t) < L… …   Universalium

  • -ity — suffix forming nouns denoting quality or condition: humility. ↘denoting an instance or degree of this: a profanity. Origin from Fr. ité, from L. itas, itatis …   English new terms dictionary

  • -ty — ty1 suffix forming nouns denoting quality or condition such as beauty. Origin via OFr. from L. tas, tat . ty2 suffix denoting specified groups of ten: forty. Origin OE tig …   English new terms dictionary

  • -ty — I. a suffix of numerals denoting multiples of ten, as twenty. {Middle English, Old English tig} II. a suffix of nouns denoting quality, state, etc., as unity, enmity. {Middle English te(e), from Old French te, tet, from Latin tas} …  

  • -ty — Ⅰ. ty [1] ► SUFFIX ▪ forming nouns denoting quality or condition such as beauty. ORIGIN from Latin tas. Ⅱ. ty [2] ► SUFFIX ▪ denoting specified groups of ten: forty …   English terms dictionary

  • -ty — 1. suffix forming nouns denoting quality or condition (cruelty; plenty). Etymology: ME tie, tee, te f. OF teacute, tet f. L tas tatis: cf. ITY 2. suffix denoting tens (twenty; thirty; ninety). Etymology: OE tig …   Useful english dictionary

  • -ness — a native English suffix attached to adjectives and participles, forming abstract nouns denoting quality and state (and often, by extension, something exemplifying a quality or state): darkness; goodness; kindness; obligingness; preparedness. [ME …   Universalium

  • -ness — aff. a suffix attached to adjectives and participles, forming abstract nouns denoting quality and state (and often, by extension, something exemplifying a quality or state): darkness; goodness; obligingness; preparedness • Etymology: ME, OE nes,… …   From formal English to slang

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»